Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, To Adopt Rules To Govern FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor, 88437-88461 [2023-28043]

Download as PDF Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [Release No. 34–99192; File No. SR–BOX– 2023–20] Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, To Adopt Rules To Govern FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor December 15, 2023. On September 1, 2023, BOX Exchange LLC (‘‘Exchange’’ or ‘‘BOX’’) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘Commission’’), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (‘‘Act’’) 1 and Rule 19b–4 thereunder,2 a proposed rule change to adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which, among other applicable Exchange rules, will govern the trading of flexible exchange equity options (‘‘FLEX Equity Options’’) on the BOX Trading Floor, and make related changes to Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The proposed rule change was published for comment in the Federal Register on September 19, 2023.3 On September 27, 2023, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,4 the Commission designated a longer period within which to approve the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the proposed rule change.5 On December 12, 2023, the Exchange submitted Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change, which replaced and superseded the proposed rule change as originally filed.6 The Commission is publishing khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1). 2 17 CFR 240.19b–4. 3 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380 (September 13, 2023), 88 FR 64482 (‘‘Notice’’). Comment on the proposed rule change can be found at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/ srbox202320.htm. 4 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2). 5 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98568, 86 FR 68237 (October 3, 2023). The Commission designated December 18, 2023, as the date by which the Commission shall approve or disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove, the proposed rule change. 6 On December 1, 2023, the Exchange submitted Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 1 was withdrawn on December 12, 2023. Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change revised the proposal to: (i) clarifies that FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange; (ii) clarifies that exercise settlement VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 this notice and order to solicit comments on the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, from interested persons, and to institute proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act 7 to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2. I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Description of the Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2 8 The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which will govern the trading of flexible exchange options (‘‘FLEX Equity Options’’) on BOX; and (2) make related changes to Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The text of the proposed rule change is available from the principal office of the Exchange, at the Commission’s Public Reference Room and also on the Exchange’s internet website at. II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements. is by physical delivery; (iii) includes a requirement for FLEX Equity Option position reporting and margin review; (iv) clarifies the trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or MultiLeg FOO Order; (v) clarifies the trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the position is established; (vi) makes technical changes to the location and renumbering of proposed rules; and (vii) makes additional clarifying changes to the description of and statutory basis for the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 2 is available on the Commission’s website at: https://www.sec.gov/ comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-310739809082.pdf (‘‘Amendment No. 2’’). 7 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B). 8 This Section I and II reproduces Amendment No. 2, as filed by the Exchange. PO 00000 Frm 00078 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88437 A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change 1. Purpose The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which will govern the trading of flexible exchange options (‘‘FLEX Equity Options’’) on BOX; and (2) make related changes to Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The proposed rule change was published in the Federal Register on September 19, 2023 (the ‘‘Original Filing’’).9 The Exchange is proposing Amendment No. 2 to amend and replace the Original Filing in its entirety.10 This Amendment No. 2 is being filed to better conform to the FLEX rules of other exchanges related to FLEX options position reporting and margin review, and to provide more specificity to the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 2 This Amendment No. 2 makes the following changes to the Original Filing: (i) clarifies that FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange; (ii) relocates previously proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) to new proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) and renumbers previously proposed paragraph (e)(1) as (e)(2); (iii) renumbers the remaining text of proposed Rule 5055(f) as proposed Rule 5055(f)(1), (2), and (3); (iv) amends the title of proposed Rule 5055(f); (v) clarifies that exercise settlement is by physical delivery; (vi) includes a requirement for FLEX Equity Option position reporting and margin review; (vii) clarifies the trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order; (viii) clarifies the trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the position is established; and (ix) makes additional clarifying changes to the description of 9 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380 (September 13, 2023), 88 FR 64482 (September 19, 2023) (SR–BOX–2023–20) (Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules to Govern FLEX Equity Options and a New Order Type to Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor). 10 The Exchange withdrew Amendment No. 1 on December 12, 2023. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 88438 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices and statutory basis for the proposed rule change. The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange. The Exchange is proposing this change to provide greater clarity on how FLEX Equity Options may be traded. The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it adds more clarity to the rule text by emphasizing that FLEX Equity Options shall not be traded other than as FOO Orders. The Exchange is amending the rule text to relocate currently proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) to new proposed Rule 5055(e)(1), renumber currently proposed paragraph (e)(1) as (e)(2), and renumber the remaining text of proposed Rule 5055(f) as proposed Rules 5055(f)(1), (2), and (3). The Exchange believes this change will provide greater clarity to the rule text by reorganizing previously proposed text in a more readable, understandable, and user-friendly manner. The Exchange is also amending the title of proposed Rule 5055(f) to ‘‘Fungibility of FLEX Equity Options.’’ The Exchange is proposing this change to more appropriately reflect the purpose of the section following these reorganizational changes. The Exchange is amending rule text by adding proposed Rule 5055(e)(3) to clarify that the exercise settlement of FLEX Equity Options shall be by physical delivery of the underlying security. The Exchange is proposing this change to provide greater clarity on how FLEX Equity Options may be traded and settled. The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it adds more clarity to the rule text by specifying that the exercise settlement for FLEX Equity Options shall be by physical delivery of the underlying security. The Exchange is amending the rule text to include a requirement for FLEX Equity Option position reporting and margin review. The Exchange is proposing this change to better align the proposed rules with the already established rules of other exchanges. The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it conforms the proposed rule with the rest of the industry. The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify the trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day or on a subsequent trading day for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order. The Exchange is proposing these changes to provide greater clarity on the treatment of FLEX Equity Options after the same Non-FLEX Equity Option is added. The Exchange believes these VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 changes are reasonable as they add more clarity to the rule text on how to close FLEX Equity Option positions. Summary The Exchange proposes to adopt rules to govern FLEX Equity Options and a new order type to trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor.11 The Exchange also proposes to amend Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations) to reflect the introduction of FLEX Equity Option trading on the Exchange. FLEX Equity Options are options with flexible terms such that Participants 12 can customize expiration date, exercise price, and exercise style. FLEX Equity Options are designed to meet the needs of investors for greater flexibility in selecting the terms of options within the parameters of the Exchange’s proposed rules. FLEX Equity Options are not preestablished for trading and are not listed individually for trading on the Exchange. Rather, investors select FLEX Equity Option terms and are limited by the parameters detailed below in their selection of those terms. As a result, FLEX Equity Options allow investors to satisfy more specific, individualized investment objectives than may be available to them in the standardized options market. Specifically, FLEX Equity Options will be subject to proposed Rule 5055 and will be traded as FLEX Open Outcry Orders (‘‘FOO Orders’’) on the BOX Trading Floor under proposed Rule 7605. FLEX Equity Options are a type put or call, and allow investors to choose an exercise price of any dollar amount in minimum increments of $0.01,13 an exercise style of American or European,14 and an expiration date of any month, business day and year no more than 15 years from the date on which a FLEX Equity Option is executed.15 As discussed further below, FLEX Equity Options will not be permitted with the same terms as an existing Non-FLEX Equity Option 11 The term ‘‘Trading Floor’’ or ‘‘Options Floor’’ means the physical trading floor of the Exchange located in Chicago. The Trading Floor shall consist of one ‘‘Crowd Area’’ or ‘‘Pit’’ where all option classes will be located. The Crowd Area or Pit shall be marked with specific visible boundaries on the Trading Floor, as determined by the Exchange. A Floor Broker must open outcry an order in the Crowd Area. See BOX Rule 100(a)(68). 12 The term ‘‘Participant’’ means a firm, or organization that is registered with the Exchange pursuant to the Rule 2000 Series for purposes of participating in trading on a facility of the Exchange and includes an ‘‘Options Participant’’ and ‘‘BSTX Participant.’’ See BOX Rule 100(a)(42). 13 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii). 14 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv). 15 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v). PO 00000 Frm 00079 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 listed on the Exchange.16 Because of their composition, the Exchange believes that FLEX Equity Options may allow investors to more closely meet their individual investment and hedging objectives by customizing option contracts for the purpose of satisfying particular investment objectives that could not be met by the standardized markets. Background The Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘Commission’’) approved the trading of FLEX options in 1993.17 At the time, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., now Cboe Exchange, Inc. (‘‘CBOE’’) proposed FLEX options based on the Standard and Poor’s Corporation 500 and 100 Stock Indexes (referred to as the ‘‘CBOE Order’’ herein).18 These FLEX options were offered as an alternative to an over-thecounter (‘‘OTC’’) market in customized equity options.19 Several years after the initial approval, the Commission approved the trading of additional FLEX options on specified equity securities.20 In its order, the Commission provided: ‘‘The benefits of the Exchanges’ options markets include, but are not limited to, a centralized market center, an auction market with posted transparent market quotations and transaction reporting, parameters and procedures for clearance and settlement, and the guarantee of the OCC [Options Clearing Corporation] for all contracts traded on the Exchange.’’ 21 The Exchange notes that FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE, NYSE American LLC (‘‘NYSE American’’), NYSE Arca, Inc. (‘‘NYSE Arca’’), and Nasdaq PHLX LLC 16 At least one of the following terms must differ between FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security: Exercise price, Exercise style, and Expiration date. 17 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February 24, 1993), 58 FR 12280 (March 3, 1993) (SR–CBOE–92–17) (Order Approving and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Amendment Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 to Proposed Rule Changes by the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., Relating to Flexible Exchange Options (‘‘FLEX Options’’)). 18 Id. 19 Id. 20 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR–CBOE–95–43) (SR–PSE–95–24) (Order Approving Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Amendments by the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc., Relating to the Listing of Flexible Exchange Options on Specified Equity Securities). 21 Id. The Exchange notes that the Commission found pursuant to Rule 9b–1 under the Act, that FLEX Options, including FLEX Equity Options, are standardized options for purposes of the options disclosure framework established under Rule 9b–1 of the Act. Id. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices (‘‘PHLX’’).22 The Exchange notes further that CBOE offers electronic and open outcry FLEX option trading while NYSE American, NYSE Arca, and PHLX offer only open outcry trading of FLEX options. In August 2017, the Commission approved the Exchange’s proposal to adopt rules for an open outcry trading floor.23 The Exchange based the rules for the BOX Trading Floor on the rules of the options exchanges that had established trading floors at that time. When the BOX Trading Floor was adopted in 2017, it was the first options trading floor to be established since the 1970s.24 As such, the BOX Trading Floor rules have certain differences to the trading floor rules at the other options exchanges, to account for the unique nature of BOX’s Trading Floor and to modernize the existing trading floor rules and surveillance practices. The BOX Trading Floor has been operating since 2017 and is now wellestablished. The Exchange believes that its unique features for open-outcry trading provide value to Floor Participants. The Exchange now proposes to allow for the trading of FLEX Equity Options as FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.25 Proposal The Exchange proposes to adopt Rule 5055 titled FLEX Equity Options which describes and governs FLEX Equity Options. Rule 5055(a) details the applicability of other Exchange rules with respect to the proposed FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, the trading of FLEX Equity Options is subject to all other Rules applicable to the trading of options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605.26 The Exchange has conducted a khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 22 See CBOE Rules 4.20–4.22 and 5.70–5.75 and NYSE American Rules 900G–910G and NYSE Arca Rules 5.30–O–5.41–O and PHLX Options 8, Section 34. 23 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (finding that the proposed rule change was consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange). 24 See https://www.optionsplaybook.com/optionsintroduction/stock-option-history/. 25 The Exchange has received one comment letter in support of the proposed rule change. The commenter believes that permitting BOX to offer FLEX Equity Options will expand competition and capacity and thus drive better execution experiences for the public. See Letter from Anish Vora, CEO, FCF Holdings LLC, and Board of Directors of NYSE, to the SEC (September 29, 2023) (https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/ srbox202320-638842.htm). 26 See proposed Rule 5055(a). Proposed Rule 5055(a) is based on CBOE Rule 5.72(a). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:54 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 thorough review of its existing Rules to ensure that the text of proposed Rule 5055(a) appropriately reflects any Rules that (1) would apply to FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options alike,27 and (2) would not apply to FLEX Equity Options at all.28 As described herein, the only means by which the Exchange intends to permit FLEX Equity Options to be traded is via the proposed FOO Order type. To the extent the Exchange proposes to adopt additional rules for the trading of FLEX Equity Options, including electronic trading of FLEX Equity Options, the Exchange would file a separate proposed rule change with the Commission. The rules proposed by the Exchange are uniquely applicable to FLEX Equity Options in order to accommodate their special characteristics. For example, the BOX Book 29 and the Complex Order Book 30 shall not be available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options because, consistent with other exchanges’ FLEX rules, there will be no pre-established series 31 and no electronic trading of FLEX Equity Options.32 While electronic trading in FLEX options is available on CBOE,33 the Exchange at this time intends to introduce FLEX Equity Options on the Trading Floor only, consistent with other markets that trade these customized options solely on their trading floors.34 The Exchange notes that rules that contemplate the operation of or interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book will not apply to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity Options may only be traded as FOO Orders and FOO Orders may not be placed in the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book.35 27 See proposed Rule 5055(a). For example, Rules 7010 (Fees and Charges), 7020 (Days and Hours of Business), 7030 (Units of Trading), and 7080 (Trading Halts) apply to FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options alike. 28 See, for example, infra note 36, explaining that FLEX Equity Options may not trade using various order mechanisms designed for electronic trading. 29 The term ‘‘BOX Book’’ means the electronic book of orders on each single option series maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See BOX Rule 100(a)(10). 30 The term ‘‘Complex Order Book’’ means the electronic book of Complex Orders maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See BOX Rule 7240(a)(8). 31 See infra note 52. 32 See proposed Rule 5055(a)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(c). 33 See, e.g., CBOE Rules 5.73 and 5.74. 34 See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(c). 35 The Exchange notes that FLEX Equity Options may not trade via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and Solicitation Auctions, or as Qualified Contingent Cross (‘‘QCC’’), Complex QCC, Customer Cross, and Complex Customer Cross Orders. If the Exchange intended to allow FLEX Equity Options to trade via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and Solicitation PO 00000 Frm 00080 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88439 Additionally, the Exchange is proposing to codify that Options Exchange Officials have the same duties and ability to enforce rules applicable to the trading of FLEX Equity Options as they do for all other activity on the Trading Floor.36 FLEX Equity Options will only be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise style (American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are already available for trading on the same underlying security.37 In addition, once, and if, identical option series are listed for trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options, (1) all existing open positions established under the FLEX trading procedures shall be fully fungible with transactions in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series, and (2) any further trading in the series would be as NonFLEX Equity Options subject to the nonFLEX trading procedures and rules.38 Therefore, FOO Orders, whose terms must be different from options that are already available for trading, would not be fungible with interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book. Accordingly, the Exchange believes FOO Orders would not be able to trade through interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book nor would interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book lose priority to FOO Orders. The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(b) which defines the following terms: FLEX Equity Option, Non-FLEX Equity Option, FLEX Market Maker, and FLEX Open Outcry Order. Specifically, the term ‘‘FLEX Equity Option’’ means an option on a specified underlying security that is subject to Rule 5055.39 ‘‘Non-FLEX Equity Option’’ means an option contract that is not a FLEX Equity Option.40 ‘‘FLEX Open Outcry Order’’ (‘‘FOO Order’’) means a FLEX Equity Option order as defined in Auctions, or as (‘‘QCC’’), Complex QCC, Customer Cross, and Complex Customer Cross Orders, the Exchange would be required to file a proposed rule change with the Commission to amend its rules to allow for the inclusion of FLEX Equity Options in the relevant rule text. 36 See proposed Rule 5055(a)(2). 37 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01. 38 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01. 39 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(1). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i) provides that FLEX Equity Options on underlying securities may be authorized pursuant to Rule 5020. 40 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(2). Proposed Rule 5055(b)(2) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30– O(b)(11). E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88440 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices proposed Rule 7605.41 ‘‘FLEX Market Maker’’ means a Market Maker that is qualified by the Exchange to trade FLEX Equity Options and meets the requirements of proposed Rule 5055(k).42 The proposed functionality for FOO Orders is designed to be similar to the Exchange’s existing Qualified Open Outcry (‘‘QOO’’) Orders because both order types will be transacted on the Trading Floor and BOX believes they should follow similar procedures, excluding provisions related to the BOX Book, as discussed below.43 FLEX Equity Options shall not be traded other than as FOO Orders.44 The Exchange also proposes to specify in proposed Rule 5055(b)(3) that, for the avoidance of doubt, FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange. The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(c) which states that certain Exchange rules do not apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, Rule 7600 ‘‘Qualified Open Outcry Orders—Floor Crossing’’ and Rule 7620 ‘‘Accommodation Transactions’’ do not apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options.45 These rules represent order types that currently apply to Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and are specifically excluded given that the Exchange is proposing the FOO Order type to be used exclusively for trading FLEX Equity Options. However, the Exchange proposes that certain Rule 7600 Interpretive Materials apply to FLEX Equity Options; in particular IM–7600–2 46 and IM–7600– 41 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3). proposed Rule 5055(b)(4). 43 See BOX Rule 7600. See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). 44 See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3). 45 See proposed Rule 5055(c). Proposed Rule 5055(c) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(d). 46 BOX IM–7600–2 provides that nothing prohibits a Floor Broker from buying or selling a stock, security futures, or futures position following receipt of an option order, including a Complex Order, provided that prior to announcing such order to the trading crowd: (a) the option order is in a class designated as eligible for ‘‘tied hedge’’ transactions (as described below) as determined by the Exchange and is within the designated tied hedge eligibility size parameters, which parameters shall be determined by the Exchange and may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order. Additionally, there shall be no aggregation of multiple orders to satisfy the size parameter, and for Complex Orders involved in a tied hedge transaction at least one leg must meet the minimum size requirement; (b) such Floor Broker shall create an electronic record that it is engaging in a tied hedge transaction in a form and manner prescribed by the Exchange; (c) such hedging position is: (1) comprised of a position designated as eligible for khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 42 See VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:54 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 5.47 IM–7600–2 and IM–7600–5 relate to tied hedge orders and to compliance with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act, respectively, and will apply to the proposed FOO Orders in the same manner as they currently apply to QOO Orders. Because these provisions would apply equally to FLEX Equity Options as they do to Non-FLEX Equity Options, they need not be duplicated for purposes of the proposed rules. The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(d) which states that FLEX Equity Options will have no trading rotations.48 Trading rotations are used to open or reopen a series of options on BOX at a single price.49 There is a period of time before a tied hedge transaction as determined by the Exchange and may include the same underlying stock applicable to the option order, a security future overlying the same stock applicable to the option order or, in reference to an index or Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (‘‘ETF’’), a related instrument. A ‘‘related instrument’’ means, in reference to an index option, securities comprising ten percent or more of the component securities in the index or a futures contract on any economically equivalent index applicable to the option order. A ‘‘related instrument’’ means, in reference to an ETF option, a futures contract on any economically equivalent index applicable to the ETF underlying the option order; (2) brought without undue delay to the trading crowd and announced concurrently with the option order; (3) offered to the trading crowd in its entirety; and (4) offered, at the execution price received by the Floor Broker introducing the option, to any in-crowd Floor Participant who has established parity or priority for the related options; (d) the hedging position does not exceed the option order on a delta basis; (e) all tied hedge transactions (regardless of whether the option order is a simple or Complex Order) are treated the same as Complex Orders for purposes of the Exchange’s open outcry allocation and reporting procedures. Tied hedge transactions are subject to the existing NBBO trade-through requirements for options and stock, as applicable, and may qualify for various exceptions; however, when the option order is a simple order, the execution of the option leg of a tied hedge transaction does not qualify for the NBBO tradethrough exception for a Complex Trade (defined in Rule 7610(e)); (f) in-crowd Floor Participants that participate in the option transaction must also participate in the hedging position and may not prevent the option transaction from occurring by giving a competing bid or offer for one component of such order; (g) in the event the conditions in the non-options market prevents the execution of the non-option leg(s) at the agreed prices, the trade representing the options leg(s) may be cancelled; and (h) prior to entering tied hedge orders on behalf of Customers, the Floor Broker must deliver to the Customer a written notification informing the Customer that his order may be executed using the Exchange’s tied hedge procedures. The written notification must disclose the terms and conditions contained in this Interpretative Material and be in a form approved by the Exchange. See BOX IM– 7600–2. 47 BOX IM–7600–5 provides that a Participant shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for its own account, the account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which it or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion by relying on an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange Act. See BOX IM–7600–5. 48 See proposed Rule 5055(d). Proposed Rule 5055(d) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.31–O(b). 49 See BOX Rules 7070(e)(2) and (l). PO 00000 Frm 00081 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 the market in the underlying security opens during which orders placed on the BOX Book do not generate trade executions but may participate in the Opening Match.50 FLEX Equity Options will not be placed on the BOX Book, and therefore will not have trading rotations because there will be no requirement for specific FLEX Equity Option series to be quoted or traded each day. FLEX Equity Options are created with terms unique to individual investment objectives. As such, each investor may require FLEX Equity Options with slightly different terms than those already created. These individually defined FLEX Equity Options are customized for each investor and therefore trading rotations may not be useful for other investors who may create their own FLEX Equity Options because trading rotations are designed, in part, to determine a single opening, or reopening, price based on orders and quotes from multiple Participants. With the bespoke nature of FLEX Equity Options there is not the opportunity, nor need, to bring together multiple orders and quotes as part of a trading rotation. Further, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(e) which provides that FLEX Equity Options will not be preestablished for trading and, provided the options on an underlying security are otherwise eligible for FLEX trading, FLEX Equity Options shall be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise style, same expiration date, and same exercise price as NonFLEX Equity Options that are already available for trading on the same underlying security. Proposed Rule 5055(e) further provides that FLEX Equity Options must include one of each of the terms of a FLEX Equity Option that are described in the proposed Rule.51 Specifically, (i) the Exchange may authorize for trading a FLEX Equity Option class on any underlying security if it may authorize trading a Non-FLEX Equity Option class on that underlying security pursuant to Rule 5020,52 and that has Non-FLEX Equity Options on such security listed 50 See BOX Rules 7070(a) and (e). The Exchange notes that trading rotations are referred to in BOX Rule 7070(e) as the Opening Match. 51 Proposed Rule 5055(e) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O. The Exchange notes that it is not proposing FLEX Index Options and thus has not incorporated applicable provisions as Index Options do not trade on BOX. 52 Rule 5020 provides criteria for the listing of options on several different underlying types of securities, including securities registered with the SEC under Regulation NMS of the Act (‘‘NMS stock’’), Exchange-Traded Fund Shares, and IndexLinked Securities. See BOX Rule 5020. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES and traded on at least one national securities exchange, even if the Exchange does not list that Non-FLEX Equity Option class for trading; 53 (ii) the option type may be put or call; 54 (iii) the exercise price may be any dollar amount in minimum increments of $0.01; 55 (iv) the exercise style may be American or European; 56 and (v) the expiration date may be any business day (specified to the day, month, and year) no more than 15 years from the date of the FLEX Equity Option transaction.57 A FLEX Equity Option order may be submitted on any trading day, including the expiration date.58 Additionally, the exercise settlement of FLEX Equity Options shall be by physical delivery of the underlying security.59 Next, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(f) titled Fungibility of FLEX Equity Options. Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1), described above, limits FLEX Equity 53 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32– O(f)(1). 54 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(ii). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(ii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(b)(2). 55 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(2) (exercise prices and premiums may be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount; (ii) a method for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or FLEX Order is traded; or (iii) a percentage of the price of the underlying security at the time of the trade or as of the close of trading on the NYSE Arca on the trade date). The Exchange notes that the proposal only includes exercise, bid, and offer prices in terms of a dollar amount. 56 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(b)(3). 57 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.32– O(b)(4) and (6). The Exchange notes that it has omitted the exception for FLEX Index Options because BOX does not list FLEX Index Options and FLEX Index Options are not part of this proposal. 58 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a). It is the Exchange’s understanding from conversations with the Options Clearing Corporation (‘‘OCC’’) that the OCC is able to process FLEX transactions that occur on the expiration date. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca’s rules do not contain a similar provision. However, the Exchange believes, based on Participant feedback, that FLEX Option orders on NYSE ARCA are allowed on the expiration date. The Exchange notes that the exercise of options contracts is governed by the Rule 9000 series including exercise cut-off times and contrary exercise advices. The Exchange also notes that, in another context, new series may be listed the day they expire. Specifically, Short Term Option Series may be added up to and including on the Short Term Option Expiration Date for that options series. See BOX IM–5050–6(b)(4). 59 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(3). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(3) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32– O(f)(3)(i). The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(3)(i) includes references to ExchangeTraded Fund Shares and FLEX ByRDs that the Exchange is not including because the Exchange believes it is not necessary to specifically reference Exchange-Traded Fund Shares as they are included under the term underlying security. Additionally, the Exchange notes that FLEX ByRDs are not being proposed on the Exchange. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:58 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 Option terms such that options on an underlying security otherwise eligible for FLEX trading will only be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise style (American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are already available for trading on the same underlying security.60 Notwithstanding the foregoing, FLEX Equity Options that may in the future have the same terms as Non-FLEX Equity Options will be permitted before the options are listed for trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options. Once and if the identical option series are listed for trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options: (i) all existing open positions established under the FLEX trading procedures shall be fully fungible with transactions in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series,61 and (ii) any further trading in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity Options subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules,62 in addition to any other rules that apply to Non-FLEX Equity Options.63 In the event a Non60 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01. The Exchanges notes that its system enforces the requirement that a FLEX Equity Option does not have the same exercise style (American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option that is already available for trading on the same underlying security. Specifically, the system will reject an order in a FLEX Equity Option if the order is received with the same exercise style (American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option that is already available for trading on the same underlying security on the Exchange. 61 An open position resulting from a transaction on the Exchange becomes fungible post-trade and is separate from the execution occurring on the Exchange. For example, assume a Participant buys one (1) American style AAPL call option expiring on October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150, which is a FLEX series because there is no standard option listed with those same terms. Now assume, while holding this position, a standard option with the same terms is listed (American style AAPL call option expiring on October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150). After this standard option is listed, the Participant purchases one (1) contract in this non-FLEX option series. After this second transaction, the Participant will have an open position of two (2) contracts in the standard AAPL call expiring on October 9, 2024, with a 150 strike price. 62 This includes all priority and trade-through requirements on the Exchange (see, e.g., Rule 7130). 63 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01. The Exchange notes that FLEX Equity Options previously traded as part of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order where the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series is later listed may not be traded as part of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-leg FOO Order except as provided in proposed Rules 5055(f)(2) and 7605(d)(3) and (4) once such Non-FLEX Equity Option series has been listed on the Exchange. See proposed Rules 7605(d)(1), (3) and (4). For example, assume a Participant executes a Complex FOO Order to buy strategy A + B where A and B are both PO 00000 Frm 00082 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88441 FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to close such position under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the series is added.64 In the event the NonFLEX Equity Option series is added on a trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to close such position as a non-FLEX transaction consistent with the requirements of Rule 5055(f)(1). The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(g) which states that the minimum quoting and trading increment for FLEX Equity Option contracts traded on BOX will be one cent ($0.01) for all series.65 The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(h) which states that FLEX Equity Options will be subject to the exercise by exception provisions of Rule 805 of the OCC, titled Expiration Exercise Procedure.66 Rule 805 provides provisions for the automatic exercise of certain options upon expiration. The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(i) which details position limits for FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, 5055(i)(1) states that FLEX Equity Options will not be subject to position limits, except as long as the options positions remain open, positions in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-themonth shall be aggregated with FLEX Equity Option series. Now assume that prior to the opening on the next trading day, a Non-FLEX Equity Option series with the same terms (underlying security, type, exercise price, exercise style, and expiration date) as A has been listed on the Exchange. If the Participant decided to close out their open position in strategy A + B, it would need to be done as two separate orders for the component legs of the original order: (i) selling B, a FLEX Equity Option, by submitting a FOO Order, and (ii) selling the corresponding Non-FLEX Equity Option series that has the same terms as A because A has become fungible with the Non-FLEX Equity Option series with the identical terms. Trading in A would be subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). 64 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(2) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01. The Exchange notes that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders, discussed below, may be traded with one or more closing only component legs. The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 5055(f) differs from NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01 in that it includes proposed Rules 5055(f)(2) and (3), which detail the interaction between proposed Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1). 65 See proposed Rule 5055(g). Proposed Rule 5055(g) is based on CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes that minimum increments in percentage terms have been omitted because they are not part of this proposal. 66 See proposed Rule 5055(h). Proposed Rule 5055(h) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(4). E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88442 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security and shall be subject to the position and exercise limits set forth in this proposed rule, and in the current BOX rules.67 Positions in FLEX Equity Options shall not be taken into account when calculating position limits for NonFLEX Equity Options, other than for positions in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month, as discussed below.68 The Exchange proposes that rather than be subject to FLEX position limits, each Participant (other than a Market Maker) that maintains a position on the same side of the market in excess of the standard position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class on behalf of its own account or for the account of a customer shall report information on the FLEX Equity Option position, positions in any related instrument, the purpose or strategy for the position and the collateral used by the account. This report shall be in the form and manner prescribed by the Exchange. In addition, whenever the Exchange determines that a higher margin requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX Equity Option position in excess of the standard position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class, the Exchange may, pursuant to its authority under Rule 10130(b), consider imposing additional margin upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position. Additionally, it should be noted that the clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to capital charges under Rule 15c3–1 under the Act 69 to the extent of any margin deficiency resulting from the higher margin requirement.70 The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(j) which governs exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(j) states that exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options shall be equivalent to the position limits established in this proposal; accordingly, there shall be no exercise 67 See BOX Rules 3120 (Position Limits) and 3140 (Exercise Limits). The Exchange notes that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders when executed result in position changes for the individual component legs of the transaction based on the composition of the Complex or Multi-Leg FOO Order. 68 See proposed Rule 5055(i). Proposed Rule 5055(i) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.35–O(a)(iii) and (b). The Exchange notes that Index Options and Binary Return Derivatives (‘‘ByRDs’’) are not traded on BOX and therefore FLEX Index Options and FLEX ByRDs will not be traded on BOX and are not included in proposed Rule 5055(i). See also CBOE Rule 8.35 and NYSE American Rule 906G and PHLX Options 8, Section 34(e). 69 See 17 CFR 240.15c3–1. 70 See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.35–O(b). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:58 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 limits for FLEX Equity Options.71 FLEX Equity Options will not be taken into account when calculating exercise limits for Non-FLEX Equity Options, except that as long as the option positions remain open, positions in FLEX Equity Options which expire on a third Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated with positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security and will be subject to NonFLEX Equity Option exercise limits as applicable.72 The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(k) which details the Letter of Guarantee required for Market Makers to trade FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(k) states that no Market Maker shall effect any transaction in FLEX Equity Options unless a Letter of Guarantee has been issued by a clearing member organization and filed with the Exchange pursuant to Rule 8070 specifically accepting financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made by such Market Maker and such letter has not been revoked under Rule 8070(c).73 A Letter of Guarantee will be required for a Market Maker to be qualified to trade FLEX Equity Options. Similarly, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(l), which provides that no Floor Broker 74 shall effect any transaction in FLEX Equity Options unless a Letter of Authorization has been issued by a clearing member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting responsibility for the clearance of FLEX Equity Option transactions of the Floor Broker, and that such letter will remain in effect until a written revocation is received by the Exchange.75 71 See proposed Rule 5055(j). Proposed Rule 5055(j) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.36–O. See also proposed Rule 5055(i). 72 See proposed Rule 5055(i). 73 See proposed Rule 5055(k). Proposed Rule 5055(k) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(a). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE Arca allows an existing Letter of Guarantee to be amended specifically to include FLEX transactions upon approval by the OCC, the Exchange’s proposal does not include such a provision because the Exchange will require a separate Letter of Guarantee. The Exchange notes that a Market Maker’s Letter of Guarantee will remain effective until a revocation is received by the Exchange. 74 A Floor Broker is an individual who is registered with the Exchange for the purpose, while on the Trading Floor, of accepting and handling options orders. A Floor Broker must be registered as an Options Participant prior to registering as a Floor Broker. See BOX Rule 7540. 75 See proposed Rule 5055(l). Proposed Rule 5055(l) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE Arca allows an existing Letter of Authorization to be amended specifically to include FLEX transactions upon approval by the OCC, the Exchange’s proposal does not include such a provision because the Exchange will require a separate Letter of Authorization. The PO 00000 Frm 00083 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 FLEX Open Outcry (‘‘FOO’’) Orders The Exchange proposes to introduce a new order type to facilitate FLEX Equity Option transactions on the BOX Trading Floor. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to adopt a FOO Order type and to model it after a current order type on the Trading Floor—QOO Orders.76 Trading FLEX options on an exchange floor in a similar manner as non-FLEX options is consistent with how FLEX orders are traded on another exchange.77 FOO Orders must consist of options with terms as defined in proposed Rule 5055. Further, FOO Orders are limited solely to FLEX Equity Options.78 FOO Orders are limited solely to the BOX Trading Floor and may be entered only by Floor Brokers.79 Floor Brokers must also be registered under Rule 7550. Prior to the announcement of such FOO Orders in the trading crowd, Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1).80 FOO Orders may be traded by FLEX Market Makers, which must be registered under Rule 8000 and must be Floor Market Makers in good standing under Rule 8500.81 FLEX Market Makers will be subject to Rule 8510, including provisions for the course and conduct of dealings, class assignments, and option priority and parity, unless otherwise specified in proposed Rule 7605. The Exchange shall qualify at least three Exchange notes that a Floor Broker’s Letter of Authorization will remain effective until a written revocation is received by the Exchange. 76 See proposed Rule 7605. See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (finding that the proposed rule change was consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange). 77 CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented and executed in the same manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) also contains provisions that limit the priority rules applicable to FLEX Orders. Id. at 5.72(d)(2) and (3). 78 See proposed Rule 7605(a). 79 See proposed Rule 7605(b). Proposed Rule 7605(b) is based on BOX Rules 7600(a)(2) and (3) and NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b). Additionally, the Exchange is proposing to add a statement clarifying that Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1) prior to the announcement of such FOO Orders, which is the requirement for all orders on the Trading Floor. 80 BOX Rule 7580(e)(1) outlines the requirements for a Floor Broker to record and systematize any orders prior to announcement of such order in the trading crowd. 81 See proposed Rule 7605(c). Proposed rule 7605(c) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.37–O(a) and 5.41–O(a). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE Arca requires at least three FLEX Qualified Market Makers per class, the Exchange’s proposal does not qualify FLEX Market Makers per class. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices FLEX Market Makers in accordance with a FLEX-specific qualification process prescribed by the Exchange to perform as Market Makers in FLEX Equity Options on the Trading Floor.82 The Exchange notes that each FLEX Market Maker will be qualified for all classes of FLEX Equity Options. Additionally, a Floor Broker shall ascertain that at least one FLEX Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing an order for execution.83 The Exchange notes that the Commission provided in its order approving the BOX Trading Floor that this requirement, among others, is designed to increase the opportunities for another Floor Participant to compete to interact with the orders on the Trading Floor.84 For FLEX Equity Options, this means that at least one of the FLEX Market Makers, out of the at least three required to be qualified by the Exchange, is present in the Crowd Area when the FOO Order is announced.85 On the BOX Trading Floor today, a Floor Broker may bring an unmatched order to the Trading Floor in order to seek liquidity. The Floor Broker may announce the unmatched order (i.e., the initiating side of a QOO Order) to the trading crowd in an attempt to source the contra-side. After finding sufficient quantity to match the initiating side pursuant to Rules 7580(e)(2) and 7600(b), the Floor Broker is then able to submit a two-sided QOO Order to the BOG 86 as required.87 Floor Brokers may also enter single-sided orders into the BOX Book using BOX’s electronic khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 82 Id. FLEX Market Maker qualification will include an examination requiring knowledge of FLEX Equity Options, including FLEX Equity Option terms, FLEX Market Maker qualification requirements, FLEX Market Maker quoting obligations, and FOO Order trading procedures. 83 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(3) is similar to BOX Rule 7580(a), which applies to QOO Orders on the Trading Floor and requires a Floor Broker to ascertain that at least one Floor Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing an order for execution. 84 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). 85 The Exchange notes that the requirement to have at least three qualified FLEX Market Makers is a baseline that must be met in order for any FLEX Equity Option to be traded on the Trading Floor. The requirement that at least one FLEX Market Maker be present when an FOO Order is announced is an additional order-by-order requirement that promotes order competition and is the same requirement for QOO Orders currently. 86 The BOX Order Gateway (‘‘BOG’’) is a component of the Trading Host which enables Floor Brokers and/or their employees to enter transactions on the Trading Floor. See BOX Rule 100(b)(2). 87 See BOX IM–7600–4. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 interface. Specifically, a Floor Broker may receive a matched or unmatched order via a telephone call on the Trading Floor 88 or may have the matched or unmatched order sent electronically to the Floor Broker’s order entry mechanism on the Trading Floor prior to submitting the QOO Order to the BOG. Similar to how QOO Orders are introduced on the Trading Floor today, FOO Orders may be brought to the floor as matched or unmatched orders with a Floor Broker receiving the matched or unmatched order via the same methods that Floor Brokers receive them currently on the Trading Floor.89 The Exchange again notes that trading FLEX options on an exchange floor in a similar manner as non-FLEX options is consistent with how FLEX orders are traded on another exchange.90 Next, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(d), FOO Orders may be Complex Orders (‘‘Complex FOO Order’’) or Multi-Leg Orders (‘‘Multi-Leg FOO Order’’) as defined in Rules 7240(a)(7) and (10) with no more than the applicable number of legs, as determined by the Exchange and communicated to Participants,91 including tied hedge orders as defined in IM–7600–2.92 However, the priority provisions of Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there will be no Complex Order Book for such orders, nor will there be a BOX Book for the individual FLEX Equity Option components of the Complex FOO 88 When a Floor Broker receives an order, matched or unmatched, via telephone, the Floor Broker must enter the order electronically into the Floor Broker’s order entry mechanism. 89 See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23666 (May 23, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (‘‘[A] Floor Broker may receive a matched or unmatched order via a telephone call on the Trading Floor or may have the matched or unmatched order sent electronically to the Floor Broker’s order entry mechanism on the Trading Floor . . . .’’). 90 CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented and executed in a similar manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) also contains provisions that limit the priority rules applicable to FLEX Orders. Id. at 5.72(d)(2) and (3). 91 The Exchange notes that this process is the same as current Rule 7600(a)(4) for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor. See BOX Informational Circular 2022–18 (June 7, 2022), https:// boxoptions.com/assets/IC-2022-18-UpcomingEnhancements-to-Complex-Orders.pdf (providing that the maximum number of legs for Complex Orders is currently 16). A separate notice will be issued for Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders. 92 The Exchange notes that tied hedge orders may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order. See BOX IM–7600–2(a). PO 00000 Frm 00084 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88443 Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders.93 Each option leg of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must be for a FLEX Equity Option series with the same underlying security and must have the same exercise style (American or European).94 If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the holder or writer of a position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be permitted to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of a position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be required to execute separate FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions to close its position(s), such that FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the nonFLEX trading procedures and rules.95 Announcement, Representation, and Execution of a FOO Order The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(e) which details announcement and representation of FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor that is consistent with the current Trading Floor requirements.96 Specifically, the 93 The Exchange notes that, as with a simple FOO Order, the priority and allocation rules applicable to Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders are in proposed Rules 7605(i) (allocation of the initiating side of a FOO Order against the contraside of the FOO Order and interest from the Trading Crowd) and (k) (Floor Broker guarantee when crossing orders) and current Rule 7610 (priority among Floor Participants in the Trading Crowd). 94 See proposed Rule 7605(d). Proposed Rule 7605(d) is based on CBOE Rules 1.1 (definition of ‘‘Complex Order’’) and 5.70(b) and BOX Rule 7600(a)(4). The Exchange does not reference FLEX Index Options or related attributes because Index Options are not traded on BOX and FLEX Index Options are not proposed herein. 95 See Proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4). The Exchange is proposing Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4) to clarify the treatment of Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders when a Non-FLEX Equity Option is subsequently listed for a component leg. 96 Proposed Rule 7605(e) is based on BOX Rules 7600(a), (a)(1), (b) and (c). The Exchange notes that the QOO Order provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep, the Complex Order Book, auctions, and away routing have been omitted because there will be no E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM Continued 21DEN1 88444 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Exchange proposes that all FOO Orders must be represented to the trading crowd as provided in Rule 7580(e)(2) 97 prior to submitting the agency FOO Order as part of a two-sided order to the Trading Host. The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers may bring unmatched orders (i.e., the initiating side of a FOO Order) to the Trading Floor in order to seek a contra-side. Once a contra-side is sourced, the Floor Broker shall submit the two-sided FOO Order to the BOG.98 When a Floor Broker submits a FOO Order for execution, the order will be executed in accordance with the proposed rules. A FOO Order on the Exchange is not deemed executed until it is processed by the Trading Host. All transactions occurring from the Trading Floor must be processed by the Trading Host. Floor Brokers are responsible for handling all orders in accordance with Exchange priority rules. There will be an initiating side and a contra-side of a FOO Order. The initiating side is the order which must be filled in its entirety. The contra-side must guarantee the full size of the initiating side of the FOO Order and can NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, no electronic auctions, and no book sweep for FOO Orders. See BOX Rules 7600(c)–(e) and (h). A book sweep is the number of contracts, if any, of the initiating side of a QOO Order that the Floor Broker is willing to relinquish to orders and quotes on the BOX Book that have priority pursuant to Rules 7600(d)(1) and (2). See BOX Rule 7600(h). Book sweeps will not apply to FOO Orders. As provided in proposed Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1), FOO Orders must have different terms from orders on the BOX Book and, therefore, could not execute against interest on the BOX Book. For the same reason, the Complex Order priority provisions in Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3), which address the priority of Complex Orders and interest on the BOX Book, do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders. See proposed Rule 7605(d). The priority and allocation of FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and current Rule 7610. See supra note 94. The Exchange also notes that proposed Rule 7605(e) requires that Floor Brokers announcing a FOO Order give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of time to respond, as provided in Rule 100(b)(5). Proposed Rule 7605(e) further provides that the Exchange shall establish, and announce via Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of time that qualifies as a reasonable amount of time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond, which must be between three seconds and five minutes. This differs from current Rule 7600(c), which simply states that Floor Brokers must allow adequate time for Floor Participants to participate in the transaction as provided in Rule 100(b)(5). 97 BOX Rule 7580(e)(2) provides that ‘‘A Floor Broker must announce an agency order that he is representing to the trading crowd before submitting the order to the BOG for execution. This announcement must take place whether the Floor Broker is representing a single-sided order and soliciting contra-side interest, or the Floor Broker has sufficient interest to match against the agency order already. If a Floor Broker is holding two agency orders, he will choose which order is the initiating side.’’ 98 See proposed IM–7605–1. Proposed IM–7605– 1 is based on IM–7600–4. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 be composed of multiple firms. When the Floor Broker is soliciting interest from the trading crowd when the initiating side was announced or to the extent the trading crowd offers a better price, the contra-side will be the solicited interest from the trading crowd.99 If the Floor Broker had sufficient interest to match against the initiating side when the initiating side was announced, such Floor Broker interest will be the contra-side to the initiating side. If Floor Participants 100 responded with interest to the initiating side where the Floor Broker provided sufficient interest to match against the initiating side, the Floor Broker will allocate the initiating side of the FOO Order pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(i).101 The Exchange notes that this negotiation and agreement that occurs in the trading crowd does not result in a final trade, but rather a ‘‘meeting of the minds’’ that is then submitted through the BOG for execution. Consistent with current Trading Floor operations, all FOO Orders must be announced to the trading crowd, as provided in Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the FOO Order being submitted to the BOG.102 An Options Exchange Official will certify that the Floor Broker adequately announced the FOO Order to the trading crowd. The FOO Order is not deemed executed until it is processed by the Trading Host. Once the Floor Broker submits the FOO Order to the BOG there will be no opportunity for the submitting Floor Broker,103 or anyone 99 The Exchange notes that priority of bids and offers from Floor Participants in the trading crowd is determined by Rule 7610. 100 The term ‘‘Floor Participant’’ means Floor Brokers as defined in Rule 7540 and Floor Market Makers as defined in Rule 8510(b). See BOX Rule 100(a)(26). 101 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(1). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(1) is based on BOX Rule 7600(a)(1). The Exchange notes that provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep, and the Complex Order Book have been omitted because there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, and no book sweep for FOO Orders. See supra note 97. The priority and allocation of FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and current Rule 7610. See supra note 94. 102 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(2) is based on BOX Rules 7600(b) and (c). The Exchange notes that provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep, and the Complex Order Book have been omitted because there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, and no book sweep for FOO Orders. See supra note 97. The priority and allocation of FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and current Rule 7610. See supra note 94. 103 The Exchange notes that trades may be allocated as provided in proposed Rule 7605(j). The Exchange notes further that the Exchange may nullify a transaction or adjust the execution price of a transaction in accordance with Rule 7170 PO 00000 Frm 00085 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 else, to alter the terms of the FOO Order. After announcing the FOO Order to the trading crowd, the Floor Broker must submit the FOO Order to the BOG for processing by the Trading Host without undue delay, provided that the executing Floor Broker must give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of time to respond, as provided in Rule 100(b)(5). Additionally, the Exchange shall establish, and announce via Regulatory notice, a minimum period of time (which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes) that qualifies as a reasonable amount of time for responses under proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). Such threshold will constitute the minimum possible time that a Floor Broker must give to the trading crowd to respond to a FOO Order; however, based on the characteristics and circumstances of each specific FOO Order, a reasonable amount of time, as provided in Rule 100(b)(5), may require a response interval longer than the minimum threshold. An Options Exchange Official may not waive the minimum threshold established by the Exchange. The Exchange notes that the proposed floor interaction practice is consistent with the process in BOX Rule 7600 for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor where the main differences are that FOO Orders will not be eligible for the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book, there is no NBBO, and that Floor Brokers must allow Floor Participants a minimum period of time (which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes) that qualifies as a reasonable amount of time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders. Consistent with QOO Orders, a FOO Order is not deemed executed until it is processed by the Trading Host.104 The Exchange notes that a reasonable amount of time for Floor Participants to respond to a FOO Order, the same as a QOO Order, will be interpreted on a case-by-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based on current market conditions and trading activity on the Trading Floor, provided, for FOO Orders, the minimum threshold discussed above must be satisfied.105 (Nullification and Adjustment of Options Transactions including Obvious Errors). See also BOX Rule 7640(b) (relating to trading disputes and adjustment or nullification of transactions on the Trading Floor). 104 See proposed Rule 7605(e). 105 See BOX Rule 100(b)(5). The Exchange notes that an Options Exchange Official takes into account various factors including complexity of the trade, general prevailing market conditions, and activity on the Trading Floor at the time the order is announced. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(f) which states that the minimum size for FLEX Equity Options transactions and quotations shall be one (1) contract.106 The Exchange also proposes Rule 7605(g) which states that there are no maximum differences between the bid and the offer for FLEX Equity Option quotes.107 Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market.108 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Allocation of FOO Orders Next, the Exchange proposes Rule 7605(i) which details the allocation process for FOO Orders. Specifically, the FOO Order will be matched by the Trading Host against the contra-side of the FOO Order, regardless of whether the contra-side order submitted by the 106 See proposed Rule 7605(f). Proposed Rule 7605(f) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(b)(7). 107 See proposed Rule 7605(g). Proposed Rule 7605(g) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d). The Exchange notes that it has omitted the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d), which provides FLEX Appointed Market Makers need not provide continuous FLEX Quotes and the Exchange has included the second part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37– O(d), which provides FLEX Appointed Market Makers need not quote a minimum bid-offer spread in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange has omitted the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d) because, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), the Exchange is instead proposing that FLEX Market Makers be obligated to quote FLEX Equity Options in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a twosided market, which the Exchange believes will promote a robust and competitive market for FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and facilitate a fair and orderly market for the trading of FLEX Equity Options on the Exchange. The Exchange further notes that on NYSE Arca, FLEX Appointed Market Makers are appointed in classes of FLEX Index Options. FLEX Qualified Market Makers are appointed in FLEX Equity Options on NYSE Arca. Further, FLEX Appointed Market Makers have an obligation to enter a quote in response to a request for quote in a FLEX Index Option while FLEX Qualified Market Makers do not have a similar obligation for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that this distinction is the reason why NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(d) only specifically exempts FLEX Appointed Market Makers from quoting with a minimum bid-offer spread since they are the only FLEX market makers with the requirement to respond to a request for quote. Similarly, the Exchange is proposing that there be no maximum differences between the bid and offer for FLEX Equity Option quotes that, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), a FLEX Market Maker is required to provide in response to a request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official. 108 See proposed Rule 7605(h). Proposed Rule 7605(h) is based on BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of current Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter requirements and quotation sizes, which requirements are provided separately in proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 Floor Broker is ultimately entitled to receive an allocation pursuant to proposed Rules 7605(i)(1)–(2). If no Floor Participant, other than the executing Floor Broker, is entitled to an allocation, then no further steps are necessary. If however, Floor Participants are entitled to an allocation, the remaining balance of the initiating side of the FOO Order will be allocated as described below.109 First, if the FOO Order satisfies the provisions of proposed Rule 7605(k), discussed below, the executing Floor Broker is entitled to 40% of the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order.110 Next, FLEX Market Makers that respond with interest when the Floor Broker announces the FOO Order to the trading crowd, as outlined in Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7605(e), are allocated.111 When multiple Floor Participants respond with interest, priority in the Trading Crowd is established pursuant to Rule 7610.112 Last, if interest remains after Floor Participants that responded with interest receive their allocation, the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order will be allocated to the executing Floor Broker.113 The Exchange again notes that similar allocation and priority provisions are already established and apply to responses for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.114 109 See proposed Rule 7605(i). Proposed Rule 7605(i) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3). The Exchange notes that provisions of BOX Rules 7600(d)(1)–(2) were omitted from proposed Rule 7605(i) because those provisions are related to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable to FOO Orders. 110 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(1). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(i)(1) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(i). 111 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(i)(2) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii). 112 Id. Priority under Rule 7610 is determined first by price and then by sequence. Specifically, on the Trading Floor, the highest (lowest) bid (offer) shall have priority; when two or more bids (offers) represent the highest (lowest) price, priority shall be afforded to such bids (offers) in the sequence in which they were made. If, however, the bids (offers) of two or more Floor Participants are made simultaneously, or if it is impossible to determine clearly the order of time in which they are made, such bids (offers) will be deemed to be on parity and priority will be afforded to them, insofar as practicable, on an equal basis. The Floor Broker announcing the order is responsible for determining the sequence in which bids or offers are vocalized on the Trading Floor from Floor Participants in response to the Floor Broker’s bid, offer, or call for a market. Rule 7610 also provides priority provisions where a Floor Broker requests a market in order to fill a large order and the Floor Participants provide a collective response. See BOX Rule 7610. 113 See proposed Rule 7605(i)(3). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(i)(3) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(iii). 114 The Exchange notes that FOO Order allocation and priority differs from QOO Order provisions PO 00000 Frm 00086 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88445 The Exchange proposes that after execution of the FOO Order, the executing Floor Broker is responsible for providing the correct allocations of the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee, if necessary, who will properly record the order in the Exchange’s system.115 The executing Floor Broker must provide the correct allocations to an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee, in writing, without unreasonable delay.116 The Exchange notes that the same procedure for recording trade allocations applies to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor today. Similar to the allocation process in place for QOO Orders, the Exchange proposes to allow for a participation guarantee for certain FOO Orders executed by Floor Brokers on the Trading Floor. Specifically, when a Floor Broker holds an option order of the eligible order size or greater, the Floor Broker is entitled to cross 40% of the remaining contracts of the original order, after all bids or offers at better prices are filled, with other orders that the Floor Broker is holding.117 The Exchange may determine, on an option by option basis, the eligible size for an order on the Trading Floor to be subject to this guarantee; however, the eligible related to the priority of orders on the BOX Book. See BOX Rules 7600(c)–(e) and (h), and 7600(f)(1) and (3). See also supra note 97. In particular, with respect to QOO Order executions BOX Rules 7600(d)(1) and (2) provide priority for better-priced interest on the BOX Book and for Public Customer Orders on the BOX Book at the same price or nonPublic Customer Orders ranked ahead of such samepriced Public Customer Orders. As the Exchange noted when it proposed the QOO order type, these priority provisions were designed to provide increased opportunities for orders on the BOX Book to interact with trades on the Trading Floor and to maintain consistency with options trade-through and BOX Book priority rules. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23681–82 (May 23, 2017) (SR–BOX– 2016–48) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). These priority provisions are not necessary for FOO Orders because there will be no FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book. The Exchange’s existing rules for determining priority of bids and offers from Floor Participants in the trading crowd are based on price-time priority without regard to market participant type. See BOX Rule 7610. This is consistent with floor priority rules for FLEX options on other options exchanges. See, e.g., PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c)(4), NYSE American Rule 904G(e). 115 See proposed Rule 7605(j). Proposed Rule 7605(j) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(4). 116 Id. 117 See proposed Rules 7605(i), 7605(k)(1) and (3). Proposed Rules 7605(k)(1) and (3) are based on BOX Rules 7600(f)(1) and (3). The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO Order guarantee differs from the QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3) contains provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable to FOO Orders. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88446 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES order size may not be less than 50 contracts. In determining whether an order satisfies the eligible order size requirement, any Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain one leg alone which is for the eligible order size or greater.118 Nothing in the proposed rule is intended to prohibit a Floor Broker from trading more than their percentage entitlement if the other Participants of the trading crowd do not choose to trade the remaining portion of the order.119 The Exchange notes that the proposed guarantee process is similar to the guarantee process currently in place for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.120 The below examples are designed to illustrate the allocation of the initiating side of a FOO Order. Example 1—Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for 500 contracts. When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 250 contracts each at the same price as the Floor Broker’s contraside. FLEX Market Maker 1 responded first so he will have time priority over FLEX Market Maker 2. Since the FOO Order is for at least 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is entitled to match at least 40% of the initiating side with the Floor Broker’s contra-side. Result: The initiating side of the FOO Order will match against the Floor Broker’s contra-side order for the full 500 contracts. After the execution of the FOO Order, because other Floor Participants are entitled to an allocation, the executing Floor Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee the following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO Order: 1. 200 contracts (40%, or 500 * .40) for the contra-side order submitted by the Floor Broker. 2. 250 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1 with time priority. 3. Remaining 50 contracts to FLEX Market Maker 2. Example 2—Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for 40 contracts. When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 20 contracts each at the same price as the Floor Broker’s contraside. FLEX Market Maker 1 responded 118 See proposed Rule 7605(k)(2). Proposed Rule 7605(k)(2) is based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(2). 119 See proposed Rule 7605(k)(4). Proposed Rule 7605(k)(4) is based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(4). 120 The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO Order guarantee differs from the QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3) contains provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable to FOO Orders. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 first so he will have time priority over FLEX Market Maker 2. Since the FOO Order is for less than 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40% guarantee. Result: The initiating side FOO Order will match against the Floor Broker’s contra-side for the full 40 contracts. After execution of the FOO Order, because other Floor Participants are entitled to an allocation, the executing Floor Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee with the following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO Order: 1. 20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1 with time priority. 2. 20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 2. 3. The initiating side is filled and the executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation. Example 3—Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for 40 contracts in ABC at 1.05 (initiating side is to sell). When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 20 contracts each. FLEX Market Maker 1 responded first at an improved price to buy 20 at 1.06 so he will have price priority over FLEX Market Maker 2.121 Since the FOO Order is for less than 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40% guarantee. Result: The Floor Broker will submit two FOO Orders for 20 contracts each: a FOO Order at 1.06 for 20 contracts and a FOO Order at 1.05 for 20 contracts. The initiating side of each FOO Order will match against the Floor Broker’s contra-side orders for the full 20 contracts. After execution of the FOO Orders, the executing Floor Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee with the following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO Orders: 1. FOO Order at 1.06—20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1. 2. FOO Order at 1.05—20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 2. 3. The executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation of either FOO Order. Additional Provisions The Exchange also proposes that all orders entrusted to a Floor Broker will be considered Not Held Orders, unless otherwise specified by a Floor Broker’s client. A Not Held Order is an order 121 Pursuant to Rule 7610, FLEX Marker Maker 1 would have priority over FLEX Market Maker 2 even if FLEX Market Maker 2 responded first because FLEX Market Maker 1 responded at a better price. PO 00000 Frm 00087 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 marked ‘‘not held’’, ‘‘take time’’, or which bears any qualifying notation giving discretion as to the price or time at which such order is to be executed.122 The Exchange further proposes IM– 7605–1 which allows Floor Brokers to bring unmatched orders (i.e., the initiating side of a FOO Order) to the Trading Floor in order to seek contraside interest. Once a contra-side is sourced pursuant to current Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7605(e), the Floor Broker shall submit the twosided FOO Order to the BOG.123 The Exchange notes that this provision is identical to IM–7600–4, with the exception of internal rule references, which applies to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange proposes IM–7605–2 to guide conduct on the floor.124 In particular, the Floor Broker must disclose all securities that are components of the Public Customer order which is subject to crossing before requesting bids and offers for the execution of all components of the order. Once the trading crowd has provided a quote, it will remain in effect until a reasonable amount of time has passed, there is a significant change in the price of the underlying security, or the market given in response to the request has been improved. In the case of a dispute, the term ‘‘significant change’’ will be interpreted on a caseby-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based upon the extent of recent trading in the option and in the underlying security, and any other relevant factors.125 The Participants of the trading crowd who established the market will have priority over all other orders that were not announced in the trading crowd at the time that the market was established and will maintain priority over such orders except for orders that improve upon the market. When a Floor Broker announces an order to the trading crowd pursuant 122 See proposed Rule 7605(l). Proposed Rule 7605(l) is based on BOX Rule 7600(g). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.34–O and 6.62–O(f). The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 5.34–O provides a Floor Broker with additional discretion with respect to the number of FLEX contracts to be purchased or sold. The Exchange is not proposing the same discretion for FOO Orders so that the requirements for Floor Brokers handling FOO Orders are the same as handling QOO Orders currently on the Trading Floor. 123 See proposed IM–7605–1. Proposed IM–7605– 1 is based on IM–7600–4. 124 See proposed IM–7605–2. Proposed IM–7605– 2 is based on IM–7600–1. 125 The Exchange believes that, by providing the Options Exchange Official with the ability to consider any other relevant factors, Options Exchange Officials will retain the necessary discretion to perform their duties if a new or unforeseen circumstance arises. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES to Rule 7580(e)(2), it shall be the responsibility of the Floor Participant who established the market to alert the Floor Broker of the fact that the Floor Participant has priority. Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders or tied hedge orders on opposite sides of the market may be crossed, provided that the Floor Broker holding such orders proceeds in the manner described in proposed Rule 7605 and IM–7600–2 as appropriate. Floor Participants may not prevent a Complex Order from being completed by giving a competing bid or offer for one component of such order.126 In determining whether an order satisfies the eligible tied hedge order size requirement, any Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain one leg which, standing alone, is for the eligible order size or greater.127 A Floor Broker crossing a Public Customer FOO Order with an order that is not a Public Customer Order, when providing for a reasonable opportunity 128 for the trading crowd to participate in the transaction, shall disclose the Public Customer Order that is subject to crossing. The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 100(b)(3) to provide: ‘‘All Exchange options transactions shall be executed automatically by the Trading Host as provided in applicable Exchange Rules.’’ 129 The Exchange notes that Rule 100(b)(3) already applies to Non-FLEX Equity Options. The proposed amendment is to replace specific rule references with a more general reference to avoid any unintended ambiguity and permit the Rule to apply in connection with FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 7620, titled Accommodation Transactions, and IM–7620–1 to exclude FLEX Equity Options as defined in proposed Rule 5055.130 The Exchange notes that Rule 7620(b) currently states that it applies to all options except for option classes participating in the Penny Interval Program under Rule 7260, and IM–7620–1(b) currently states 126 The Exchange notes that while a Complex Order could be prevented from being completed by competing bids or offers on multiple components of such orders, competing bids or offers in any one of the multiple components may not prevent a Complex Order from being completed and each one is prohibited. 127 See proposed IM–7605–2(d). The eligible tied hedge order size requirement is determined by the Exchange and may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order. See BOX IM–7600–2. 128 The Exchange is proposing that a minimum response period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, shall be established by the Exchange and announced via Regulatory Notice. See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). 129 See proposed Rule 100(b)(3). 130 See proposed Rule 7620. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 that it applies to all options including those in the Penny Interval Program. The proposed amendments will ensure consistency with proposed Rule 5055(c), which provides that Rule 7620 (Accommodation Transactions) shall not apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange has not yet determined the fees for FOO transactions executed on the Trading Floor. Prior to commencing trading of the proposed FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, the Exchange intends to submit a proposed rule change to the Commission setting forth the proposed fees. The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it believes the Exchange and the Options Price Reporting Authority (‘‘OPRA’’) have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional message traffic associated with the listing of new series that may result from the introduction of FLEX Equity Options.131 Additionally, the Exchange will have surveillance coverage in place to monitor issues unique to FLEX trading and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance reports. Further, the Exchange believes it has an adequate surveillance program in place and intends to apply the same program procedures to FLEX Equity Options that it applies to the Exchange’s other options products, as applicable. FLEX Equity Options products and their respective symbols will be integrated into the Exchange’s existing surveillance system architecture and will be subject to the relevant surveillance processes. The Exchange believes that any potential risk of manipulative activity is mitigated by these existing surveillance technologies, procedures, and reporting requirements, which allow the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative trading activity. The proposed FLEX Equity Option rules are based predominately on the rules of NYSE Arca. However, the Exchange omitted certain NYSE Arca rules from the proposed rules discussed herein due to differences in the scope and operation of FLEX Option 132 trading at NYSE Arca, compared to the scope and operation of the proposed FLEX Equity Option trading herein. The Exchange is not including NYSE Arca rule provisions that relate to FLEX Index Options as Index Options are not traded on BOX and FLEX Index Options 131 The Exchange will report FLEX Equity Option trades and, if necessary, trade cancels to OPRA. 132 The term ‘‘Flexible Exchange Option’’ or ‘‘FLEX Option’’ means a customized options contract. See NYSE Arca Rule 5.30–O(b)(4) and CBOE Rule 1.1 (definition of, ‘‘FLEX Option’’). PO 00000 Frm 00088 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88447 are not proposed herein.133 In particular, NYSE Arca Rule 5.39–O requires net liquidating equity of $100,000 in an account in which transactions in FLEX Index Options will be conducted. As the Exchange does not trade Index Options, FLEX Index Options are not proposed herein, and the Exchange already imposes minimum net capital requirements,134 it does not propose additional requirements. Next, NYSE Arca Rule 5.40–O requires at least $1 million of net liquidating equity in the account of a FLEX Appointed Market Maker. However, FLEX Appointed Market Makers are appointed for FLEX Index Options on NYSE Arca but are not required for FLEX Equity Options.135 Instead, NYSE Arca only requires FLEX Qualified Market Makers for FLEX Equity Options.136 And, this subset of Market Makers is not required to have at least $1 million of net liquidating equity. Therefore, the Exchange’s proposal does not propose to include additional net liquidating equity requirements for FLEX Market Makers. The Exchange notes that Market Makers, including Floor Market Makers and FLEX Market Makers are still subject to several financial requirements, including net liquidating equity in its Market Maker account of not less than $200,000.137 Additionally, the Exchange believes that the large infrastructure needed to trade as a Market Maker, including their adequacy of capital and operational capacity is such that current Market Makers are likely to have net liquidating equity well beyond $1 million. In fact, another exchange which trades FLEX Options has removed a net liquidating equity requirement while still requiring market makers to maintain net capital sufficient to comply with the requirements of Rule 15c3–1, under the Act.138 The Exchange 133 See NYSE Arca Rules 5.39–O and 5.40–O. BOX Rules 8010, 8080, and 10200. 135 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(a). 136 See id. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca allows but does not require appointment of two or more FLEX Appointed Market Makers to FLEX Equity Options in lieu of appointing FLEX Qualified Market Makers. 137 See BOX Rule 8080(a)(1). Rule 8080 also requires Market Makers to maintain net capital sufficient to comply with the requirements of Rule 15c3–1 under the Act and each Market Maker that is a Clearing Participant shall also maintain net capital sufficient to comply with the requirements of the OCC. See BOX Rules 8080(a)(2) and (b). See also BOX Rule 8010 (‘‘To qualify for registration as a Market Maker, an Options Participant must meet the requirements established in SEC Rule 15c3– 1(a)(6)(i) . . .’’). 138 See CBOE Rule 11.6 and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87024 (September 19, 2019), 84 FR 50545 (September 25, 2019) (SR–CBOE–2019–059) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a 134 See E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM Continued 21DEN1 88448 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES has a similar provision, Rule 10200, that requires each Participant subject to Rule 15c3–1 under the Act to comply with the capital requirements prescribed therein among other requirements.139 An additional difference in the appointment of FLEX Market Makers is that NYSE Arca appoints FLEX Qualified Market Makers to each FLEX Equity Option of a given class, while the Exchange will qualify FLEX Market Makers for all FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that the structure of its Trading Floor, with one crowd or trading area, will operate more efficiently without qualifying FLEX Market Makers by class.140 Accordingly, a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official may request a FLEX Equity Option quote in any class from a FLEX Market Maker. The Exchange notes that FLEX Market Makers will be subject to Rule 8510, including provisions for the course and conduct of dealings, class assignments, and option priority and parity, unless otherwise specified in proposed Rule 7605.141 Further, the Exchange notes differences between the proposed quoting obligations and those applicable on NYSE Arca. Specifically, a NYSE Arca FLEX Qualified Market Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, enter a FLEX Quote in response to a Request for Quotes on a FLEX Equity Option of the class in which he or she is qualified.142 However, a FLEX Official on NYSE Arca may call upon FLEX Qualified Market Makers appointed in a class of FLEX Equity Options to make FLEX Quotes in response to a specific Request for Quotes in that class of FLEX Equity Options whenever in the opinion of the FLEX Official the interests of a fair, orderly and competitive market are best served by such action and shall make such a call upon FLEX Qualified Market Makers whenever no FLEX Quotes are made in response to a proposed rule change to amend certain rules relating to market makers upon migration to the trading system used by CBOE affiliated exchanges). 139 See BOX Rule 10200 (Participants must comply with the additional requirements of the Rule 10200 Series and Market Makers must comply with the minimum financial requirements contained in Rule 8010). 140 Pursuant to BOX Rule 8150(e), whenever a BOX Floor Market Maker enters the trading crowd he must undertake the obligations specified in Rule 8510(d) (In Classes of Option Contracts to Which Assigned—Affirmative Obligations). Since there is only one trading crowd on the BOX Floor, in practice this results in all BOX Floor Market Makers being required to quote all classes on the Trading Floor. The same will apply to FLEX Market Makers. 141 See proposed Rules 7605(f)–(h) (providing FOO Order quoting obligations). The Exchange notes that current Floor Market Maker quoting obligations and restrictions are detailed in Rule 8510. 142 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(b). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 specific Request for Quotes.143 The Exchange’s proposal differs from NYSE Arca’s rule in that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market.144 The Exchange believes that the proposed quoting requirements allow reasonable opportunities for Floor Brokers to get quotes on FOO Orders and notes that the quoting requirements for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor are similar to those proposed for FOO Orders.145 Among other NYSE Arca provisions not incorporated by the Exchange, are certain of NYSE Arca’s ‘‘Special Terms for FLEX Equity Options.’’ 146 Specifically, these special terms include that exercise prices and premiums may be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount; (ii) a method for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or FLEX order is traded; or (iii) a percentage of the price of the underlying security at the time of the trade or as of the close of trading on the NYSE Arca on the trade date. The Exchange will only offer exercise prices and premiums in a dollar amount because the additional methods for fixing prices are a matter of individual preference, and the Exchange believes that the requirements of Participants will be met by pricing exercise prices and premiums in a dollar amount.147 Another NYSE Arca provision not adopted by the Exchange in this proposal allows discretionary orders where Floor Brokers have discretion regarding the quantity of FLEX contracts traded.148 The Exchange prohibits discretion regarding quantity, and other terms, including the choice of the class of options to be bought or sold, and whether any such transaction shall be one of purchase or sale except to any discretionary transactions executed by a Floor Market Maker for an account in 143 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37–O(c). proposed Rule 7605(h). 145 See BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(h) and current Rule 8510(c)(2) are similar except that proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of current Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter requirements and quotation sizes, which requirements are provided separately in proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g). 146 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(2). 147 The Exchange’s belief that the requirements of Participants will be met by stating exercise prices and premiums in a dollar amount is based on conversations with Participants regarding their preferences for stating the terms of exercise prices and premiums. 148 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.34–O. 144 See PO 00000 Frm 00089 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 which he has an interest.149 The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 7605(l) combined with current Rule 7590, allowing Floor Brokers to have discretion over some terms of a FOO Order such as price and time while not allowing discretion over terms such as quantity, strikes a balance between allowing Floor Brokers to provide full services to clients and preventing erroneous trades based on differing expectations or miscommunications between Floor Brokers and their clients. The Exchange notes that Rule 7600(g) governing QOO Orders is identical to proposed Rule 7605(l) and believes that consistency of handling between QOO Orders and FOO Orders may reduce confusion and increase efficiency on the Trading Floor. Another NYSE Arca rule not proposed by the Exchange provides that NYSE Arca may designate FLEX Officials.150 The Exchange is not proposing a similar rule because Rule 100(b)(6) already provides that any Exchange employee or officer designated as an Options Exchange Official will from time to time as provided in these rules have the ability to recommend and enforce rules and regulations relating to trading access, order, decorum, health, safety and welfare on the Exchange. Specifically, Options Exchange Officials have duties enumerated in Rules 100(b)(5), 7610, 7640, and 8510, as well as in proposed Rule 7605 regarding announcement, quoting, and recording of FOO Orders, priority in the trading crowd, disputes on the trading floor, and obligations and restrictions applicable to Floor Market Makers and FLEX Market Makers. The general authority for Options Exchange Officials under these current Exchange Rules will be the same for FLEX Equity Option transactions on the trading floor as it is for Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions. The Exchange believes that Options Exchange Officials will have the authority necessary to enforce the proposed FLEX Equity Option and FOO Order rules such that designation of a unique FLEX Official would be redundant and unnecessary, as the Exchange’s existing Options Exchange Officials will have the ability to perform the same functions as a separately designated FLEX Official. Specifically, the duties of FLEX Officials on NYSE Arca are mainly related to their Request for Quotes (‘‘RFQ’’) procedure unique to FLEX Options trading on NYSE Arca.151 149 See BOX Rule 7590 and proposed Rule 7605(l). 150 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O. 151 NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O provides that ‘‘[a] FLEX Official is responsible for: (1) reviewing the E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices 88449 The Exchange has elected not to adopt a similar procedure, as discussed below, instead basing the FOO Order process on the QOO Order process already monitored by Options Exchange Officials. Additionally, the Exchange’s system is designed to review the terms of a FLEX Equity Option for compliance with the applicable Rules as opposed to being a requirement of an Options Exchange Official to review.152 Options Exchange Officials will continue to be responsible for monitoring all open outcry activity on the Trading Floor. Therefore, the Exchange will not require a separate official to govern any unique process for FLEX Equity Options. Additionally, the Exchange represents that Options Exchange Officials will receive appropriate training on the terms of FLEX Equity Options and all rules applicable to FLEX Equity Options and FOO Orders, including their responsibility to certify that a Floor Broker has adequately announced a FOO Order to the trading crowd,153 consistent with the manner in which they are currently trained with respect to QOO Orders.154 The Exchange further notes that NYSE Arca’s rules do not require the exchange to designate FLEX Officials.155 As mentioned above, rather than adopt the NYSE Arca RFQ procedure for FLEX Equity Options,156 the Exchange instead proposes to utilize the current process used on the BOX Trading Floor for QOO Orders with the addition of a minimum time period that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants when responding to FOO Orders.157 The Exchange believes that using the order announcement and responsive quote process for both QOO Orders and FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor will result in less confusion and greater efficiency for all BOX Trading Floor Participants. The Exchange notes that the manner in which the Exchange has proposed rules with respect to announcement of orders and responsive quotes is similar to how CBOE treats its FLEX Options; specifically, CBOE allows a FLEX Order 158 to be represented and executed in a similar manner as a non-FLEX Option.159 The Exchange believes CBOE’s approach is consistent with the Act and proposes to also require Floor Brokers to allow for a reasonable amount of time to participate in FLEX Equity Option transactions. Further, unlike CBOE, the Exchange proposes to establish and announce, via Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond (which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes). The Exchange believes that it is unnecessary to specify a specific maximum time period for responses to FLEX orders as Options Exchange Officials on BOX’s Trading Floor will be responsible both to enforce the minimum period of time and to ensure that Floor Participants have a reasonable amount of time to respond to FOO Orders.160 The Exchange notes that the proposed order announcement procedure for FOO Orders is similar to the rules and procedures currently in place for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor. conformity of FLEX Requests for Quotes and FLEX Quotes to the terms and specifications contained in Rule 5.32–O [Terms of FLEX Options]; (2) posting FLEX Requests for Quotes for dissemination; (3) determining the BBO; (4) ensuring that FLEX contracts are executed in conformance with the priority principles set forth in Rule 5.33–O; and (5) calling upon FLEX Qualified Market Makers to make FLEX Quotes in specific classes of FLEX Equity Options as provided in paragraph (c) of Rule 5.37–O.’’ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O. 152 See supra note 61. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O(b)(1) provides that it is the responsibility of their FLEX Officials to review the terms of a FLEX order. 153 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). 154 BOX Rules currently provide that the President of the Exchange and his or her designated staff shall be responsible for monitoring, among other things, the activities of Floor Participants and their associated persons and shall establish standards and procedures for the training and qualification of Floor Participants and their associated persons active on the Trading Floor. See BOX Rule 100(b)(1). 155 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38–O(a) (‘‘The Exchange may at any time designate an Exchange employee to act as a FLEX Official in one or more classes of FLEX Options [emphasis added]. . . .’’). 156 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33–O. 157 See proposed Rule 7605 and current Rule 7600. The minimum time period, which must be Minor Rule Violation Plan The Exchange’s disciplinary rules, including Exchange Rules applicable to ‘‘minor rule violations,’’ are set forth in the Rule 12000 Series of the Exchange’s current Rules. As described in Rule 12140, the MRVP provides that in lieu of commencing a disciplinary proceeding, the Exchange may, subject to the certain requirements set forth in the Rule, impose a fine, not to exceed $5,000, on any Options Participant, or person associated with or employed by an Options Participant, with respect to any Rule violation listed in Rules 12140(d) or (e) as discussed below. Any fine imposed pursuant to this Rule that (i) does not exceed $2,500 and (ii) is not contested, shall be reported on a periodic basis, except as may otherwise be required by Rule 19d–1 under the Act or by any other regulatory authority. Further, the Rule provides that any person against whom a fine is imposed under the Rule shall be served with a written statement setting forth: (i) the Rule(s) allegedly violated; (ii) the act or omission constituting each such violation; (iii) the fine imposed for each violation; and (iv) the date by which such determination becomes final and such fine must be paid or contested, which date shall be not less than twenty-five (25) calendar days after the date of service of such written statement. Rules 12140 (d) and (e) set forth the list of specific Exchange Rules under which an Options Participant or person associated with or employed by an Options Participant may be subject to a fine for violations of such Rules and the applicable fines that may be imposed by the Exchange. As with all the violations incorporated into its MRVP, the Exchange will proceed under this Rule only for violations that are minor in nature. Any other violation will be addressed pursuant to Rules 12030 (Letters of Consent) or 12040 (Charges). The Exchange proposes to amend its MRVP to add certain rules relating to FLEX Equity Options to the list of rules eligible for minor rule violation plan treatment by amending Rule 12140. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(3), which covers the failure to properly execute a QOO Order, to include failure to properly execute a FOO Order (proposed Rule 7605).161 Additionally, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(9), which covers compliance with quotation requirements for Floor Market Makers as set forth in Rule 8510(c)(2), and is designed to sanction violations thereof, to also include compliance with between three seconds and five minutes, will be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory Notice. See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). See also Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). 158 ‘‘FLEX Orders’’ are orders submitted in FLEX Options. See CBOE Rule 5.70. 159 See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) also contains provisions that limit the priority rules applicable to FLEX Orders. See CBOE Rules 5.72(d)(2) and (3). 160 See supra note 158 and accompanying text. 161 See proposed Rule 12140(e)(3). The Exchange notes that adding proposed Rule 7605 for FOO Orders to current Rule 12140(e)(3) is consistent with the existing provision to enforce current Rule 7600 for QOO Orders because Floor Participants have the same general requirements for executing FOO and QOO Orders on the Trading Floor. The Exchange notes further that fines defined under Rule 12140(e)(3) may apply to any failure to properly execute a FOO Order in accordance with applicable provisions of proposed Rule 7605 governing such execution requirements. Proposed Rule 7605(h), however, which relates to a FLEX Market Maker’s quoting obligation, is specifically proposed for inclusion in proposed Rule 12140(e)(9). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 PO 00000 Frm 00090 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88450 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices the quotation requirements for FLEX Market Makers set forth in proposed Rule 7605(h) and sanction violations of such requirements.162 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 2. Statutory Basis The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act 163 in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act 164 in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest. Specifically, the Exchange believes the adoption of the proposed rules allowing FLEX Equity Options to trade on the BOX Trading Floor as FOO Orders is consistent with the goals of the Act to remove the impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market because it will benefit Participants by providing an additional venue for Participants to provide and seek liquidity for customized, large, or complex FLEX option orders. As the Commission noted in its order granting FLEX Equity Option trading on CBOE and what was then the Pacific Stock Exchange (now NYSE Arca), trading FLEX Equity Options on an exchange is an alternative to trading customized options in OTC markets and carries with it the advantages of exchange markets such as transparency, parameters and procedures for clearance and settlement, and a centralized counterparty clearing agency.165 Therefore, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change will promote these same benefits for the market as a whole by providing an additional venue for market participants to seek liquidity for customized, largesized, or complex FLEX option orders. 162 See proposed Rule 12140(e)(9). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 7605(h) and current Rule 8510(c)(2) are similar except that proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of current Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter requirements and quotation sizes, which requirements are provided separately in proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g). However, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to include proposed Rule 7605(h) with Rule 8510(c)(2) in the MRVP given the similar nature of the underlying requirement to provide quotations. 163 15 U.S.C. 78f(b). 164 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5). 165 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR–CBOE–95–43) (SR–PSE–95–24) (Order Approving the Trading of Flexibly Structured Equity Options by CBOE and PSE). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 The Exchange believes that providing an additional venue for these FLEX orders will benefit investors, the national market system, Participants, and BOX by increasing competition for order flow and executions, and thereby spur product enhancements and potentially result in lower prices for exchange services related to FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange further believes that the proposal is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices as the Exchange will review all current surveillance in light of any changes required, including surveillance and technology to detect disruptive or manipulative trading activity for FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, and will modify or add any surveillance as appropriate. As described above, the Exchange will apply its existing surveillance program to FLEX Equity Options and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance reports. As described below, the Exchange also believes the proposed changes to Rule 12140(e) are consistent with Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,166 which provides that members and persons associated with members shall be appropriately disciplined for violation of the provisions of the rules of the exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of activities, functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended or barred from being associated with a member, or any other fitting sanction. The Exchange further believes the proposed changes to Rule 12140(e) are designed to provide a fair procedure for the disciplining of members and persons associated with members, consistent with Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Act.167 General The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(a) stating that the trading of FLEX Equity Options is subject to all other Rules applicable to the trading of options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605, is consistent with the Act because it will ensure that, except where otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605, the Exchange’s existing rules will continue to apply to FLEX Equity Options, which will provide increased consistency for Participants trading FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on BOX. The Exchange reiterates that rules which contemplate the operation of or interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book will not apply to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity Options may only be traded as FOO Orders and FOO Orders may not be placed in the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book.168 Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(a) will specify that the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book shall not be applicable for transactions in FLEX Equity Options and thereby provide clarity for market participants that FLEX Equity Options may only be traded on the Trading Floor. As described above, while electronic trading in FLEX options is available on one market today, the Exchange at this time intends to introduce FLEX Equity Options on the Trading Floor only, consistent with other markets that trade these customized options solely on their trading floors. The Exchange also believes that providing further detail about rules that shall not apply in proposed Rule 5055(c) is consistent with the Act because it will provide clarity for market participants about existing rules that will not be applicable to FLEX Equity Options on BOX. In particular, specifying that Rules 7600 and 7620 will not apply to FLEX Equity Options will avoid potential confusion about which order types apply to FLEX Equity Options on BOX, as the Exchange is instead proposing Rule 7605 to apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, Rule 7600 contains priority provisions related to the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book neither of which are applicable to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange notes that another exchange excludes similar rules from application to transactions in FLEX Equity Options.169 However, proposed Rule 5055(c) also specifies that IM– 7600–2 and IM–7600–5 shall apply to FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that expressly applying these provisions is consistent with the Act because, although the remainder of Rule 7600 will not apply to FOO Orders, IM– 7600–2, and IM–7600–5 relate, respectively, to tied hedge orders and to compliance with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act and should apply to the proposed FOO Orders in the same manner as they currently apply to QOO Orders. Specifically, tied hedge orders are a combination of an option and hedging position that must follow the procedures set forth in IM–7600–2 which is designed to protect investors and the public interest with provisions that limit the types of combinations considered to be tied hedge orders as well as prescribing Floor Broker duties 168 See 166 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6). 167 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d). PO 00000 Frm 00091 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 supra notes 94 and 97 and accompanying text. 169 See E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM NYSE Arca Rules 5.30–O(c) and (d). 21DEN1 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices for the handling of such orders. The Exchange believes that expressly applying IM–7600–2 to FOO Orders is consistent with the Act, as this will provide greater consistency between the trading of FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and reduce the potential for market participant confusion. Next, IM–7600–5 prevents Participants from utilizing the Trading Floor to effect any transactions for their own account, the account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which the Participant or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion by relying on an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act (‘‘G Exemption’’). IM–7600–5 thereby provides notice to Floor Participants that when utilizing the trading floor to effect transactions in covered accounts, they cannot rely on the G Exemption and must rely on other available exemptions to the prohibition in Section 11(a)(1) of the Act.170 In this manner, IM–7600–5 provides increased clarity to Floor Participants about their ability to comply with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act and it is therefore consistent with the Act and would protect investors and the public interest to continue to apply this rule to FOO Orders. The Exchange believes that the definitions proposed in Rule 5055(b) will provide increased clarity to market participants which will protect investors and the public interest by specifying definitions for FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options, and by specifying that FLEX Equity Option transactions will be governed as proposed in Rule 7605 and shall not be traded other than as FOO Orders. The Exchange believes further that the term ‘‘FLEX Market Maker’’ will clarify the difference between Floor Market Makers and FLEX Market Makers, where the latter are qualified for trading FLEX Equity Options and have an obligation to provide quotes in response to FOO Orders. The Exchange also believes that specifying that FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange will provide increased clarity to Participants that the only means by which the Exchange intends to permit FLEX Equity Options to be traded is via the proposed FOO order type. The Exchange notes that, should it decide to propose additional order types or electronic trading for FLEX Equity Options, it will revise the defined term 170 See infra note 245 and accompanying text (describing the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition and defining ‘‘covered accounts’’). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 ‘‘FLEX Open Outcry Order’’ accordingly. The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(d) which specifies that there shall be no trading rotations in FLEX Equity Options is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it provides notice to Participants regarding the mechanisms applicable to FLEX trading, which will not include trading rotations due to the customized nature of FLEX Equity Options and the fact that there will be no requirement for specific FLEX Equity Option series to be quoted or traded each day.171 The Exchange notes that QOO Orders on the Trading Floor can only participate in a trading rotation if entered into the BOX Book and as discussed herein FLEX Equity Options will not be eligible to be placed on the BOX Book.172 The Exchange also notes that another exchange does not hold trading rotations for FLEX Equity Options.173 FLEX Equity Option Terms The Exchange believes that the terms of FLEX Equity Options pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(e) serve to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because they will permit investors to customize some of the terms of their FLEX Equity Options to implement more precise trading strategies and hedges which may not be possible using Non-FLEX Equity Options.174 These investors may have improved capability to execute strategies to meet their specific investment objectives by using customized FLEX Equity Options. However, only certain terms are subject to flexible structuring by the parties to FLEX Equity Option transactions, and most of such terms have a specified number of alternative configurations. The Exchange believes that these restrictions are reasonable and designed to further the objectives of the Act and to promote just and equitable principles of trade because limiting FLEX Equity 171 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February 24, 1993), 58 FR 12280, 12284 (March 3, 1993) (SR–CBOE–92–17) (Order Approving Proposed Rule Change by the Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. Relating to the Listing and Trading of Flexible Exchange Options Based on the Nasdaq 100 Index). 172 See BOX Rule 7070(d). 173 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.31–O(b). 174 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) (providing that FLEX Equity Options shall be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the same exercise style, same expiration date, and same exercise price as NonFLEX Equity Options that are already available for trading on the same underlying security). PO 00000 Frm 00092 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88451 Option terms enables the efficient, centralized clearance and settlement and active secondary trading of opened FLEX Equity Options. Further, these terms are consistent with those currently offered at another exchange.175 Proposed rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a) allowing a FLEX Equity Option order to be submitted on any trading day, including the expiration date, serves to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it will allow investors to execute FLEX Equity Options at a time of their choosing. These investors may have improved capability to execute strategies to meet their specific investment objectives. Further, this rule is designed to provide clarity about when FLEX Equity Options may be executed. The Exchange believes that Floor Participants benefit from increased flexibility and clarity. The Exchange notes that, in another context, new series may be listed the day they expire. Specifically, Short Term Option Series may be added up to and including on the Short Term Option Expiration Date for that options series.176 The Exchange also believes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) to prevent FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options with the same terms from trading concurrently is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices.177 In particular, a Non-FLEX Equity Option trading pursuant to Rule 7600 as a QOO Order has different priority rules than a FOO Order trading pursuant to proposed Rule 7605.178 Allowing an option with the same terms to trade under both rules concurrently would result in inconsistent order handling and could allow the order priority of QOO Orders to be circumvented. Therefore, the Exchange proposes to prevent this situation by permitting FLEX Equity Option transactions only in options with a different term (exercise style, expiration date, or exercise price) than Non-FLEX Equity Options that otherwise meet the requirements of proposed Rule 5055(e). This is designed to prevent FLEX Equity 175 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O. BOX IM–5050–6(b)(4). 177 See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). 178 For example, the BOX Book will be inapplicable to FOO Orders and thus certain priority provisions applicable to QOO Orders are not applicable to FOO Orders. Specifically, FOO Order priority differs from QOO Order provisions related to the priority of orders on the BOX Book. See BOX Rules 7600(c)–(e) and (h). The priority of FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and BOX Rule 7610. 176 See E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88452 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Options from being surrogates for NonFLEX Equity Options. Additionally, in the event that a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to close such position under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the series is added. In the event that the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added on a trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to close such position as a non-FLEX transaction consistent with the requirements of proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). This proposed rule will prevent an option with the same terms from trading as both a FLEX Equity Option and a Non-FLEX Equity Option concurrently, while providing a narrow exception for closing positions.179 Further opening trades in such options would be as Non-FLEX Equity Options subject to the Non-FLEX Equity Option trading procedures and rules, including Rule 7600 for Trading Floor transactions.180 The Exchange believes that enforcing consistent handling and priority for identical and fungible options prevents fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, and promotes just and equitable 179 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). See also proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4). See Exchange Act Release Nos. 62321 (June 17, 2010), 75 FR 36130 (June 24, 2010) (SR–NYSEArca–2010–46) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending Commentary .01 to Rule 5.32 To Permit Certain FLEX Options To Trade Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on a Closing Only Basis) and 62870 (September 8, 2010), 75 FR 56147 (September 15, 2010) (SR–CBOE–2010–078) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Permit Certain FLEX Options To Trade Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on a Closing Only Basis). 180 See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). See also Exchange Act Release Nos. 59417 (February 18, 2009), 74 FR 8591 (February 25, 2009) (SR–CBOE– 2008–115) (Notice of Filing of Amendments No. 1 and 2 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendments No. 1 And 2 Thereto, Relating to FLEX Options Expirations); 60548 (August 20, 2009), 74 FR 43191 (August 26, 2009) (SR– NYSEAmex–2009–44) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change by NYSE AMEX LLC Amending the Permissible Expiration Dates for Flexible Exchange Options); 60549 (August 20, 2009), 74 FR 44415 (August 28, 2009) (SR–NYSE–Arca–2009–75) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change by NYSE Arca, Inc. Amending Permissible Expiration Dates for Flexible Exchange Options); and 60549 (September 16, 2009), 74 FR 48619 (September 23, 2009) (SR–Phlx–2009–81) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to FLEX Option Expirations). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 principles of trade to protect investors and the public interest by ensuring consistent treatment of these options. The Exchange further believes that providing a narrow exception to permit the closing of a FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the fungible Non-FLEX Equity Option is added perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it provides investors the ability to close their open FLEX Equity Option positions the same day as the identical Non-FLEX Equity Option is added.181 As noted herein, these requirements are consistent with those at another exchange.182 Further, the Exchange believes that allowing FLEX Equity Options to trade in minimum increments of $0.01 183 perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it provides investors with increased ability to meet their specific investment objectives and allows for increased opportunities for price improvement through a finer trading increment. The Exchange notes that another exchange currently trades FLEX Equity Options in minimum increments of $0.01.184 The Exchange further believes that subjecting FLEX Equity Options to the exercise by exception provisions of Rule 805 of the OCC 185 fosters cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities.186 Specifically, OCC Rule 805 provides that, unless contrary instructions are given, option contracts that are in-the-money by specified amounts shall be automatically exercised. Application of Rule 805 to FLEX Equity Options provides consistency with Non-FLEX Equity Options and prevents confusion in the clearing process with respect to exercise instructions. The Exchange notes that another exchange provides that FLEX Equity Options shall be subject to the exercise by exception provisions of OCC Rule 805.187 181 The Exchange notes that investors will be able to close any such positions utilizing Non-FLEX Equity Option trading procedures beginning the next trading day. 182 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O, Commentary .01. 183 See proposed Rule 5055(g). 184 See CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes that minimum increments in percentage terms are not part of this proposal. 185 See proposed Rule 5055(h). 186 The Exchange notes that Rule 805 of the OCC currently applies to Non-FLEX Equity Options on BOX. See BOX Rule 9000(b). 187 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32–O(f)(4). PO 00000 Frm 00093 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 Position Limits Position and exercise limits are designed to address potential manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the options. While position and exercise limits should address and discourage the potential for manipulative schemes and adverse market impact, if such limits are set too low, participation in the options market may be discouraged. The Exchange believes that any decision regarding imposing position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options must therefore be balanced between mitigating concerns of any potential manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that could be used for legitimate economic purposes.188 Similar to the other exchanges that trade FLEX Equity Options, the Exchange believes that eliminating position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options, while requiring positions in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be aggregated with positions in NonFLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security,189 removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it allows BOX to create a product and market that is an improved but comparable alternative to the OTC market in customized options. OTC transactions occur through bilateral agreements, the terms of which are not publicly disclosed to the marketplace. As such, OTC transactions do not contribute to the price discovery process that exists on a public exchange. The Exchange believes that the proposed elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options may encourage market participants to transfer their liquidity demands from OTC markets to exchanges and enable liquidity providers to provide additional liquidity to BOX through transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange notes that the Commission previously approved the elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity 188 The Exchange notes that although no position limits are proposed for FLEX Equity Options, there are several mitigating factors, which include aggregation of FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option positions that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month and subjecting those positions to position and exercise limits, and daily monitoring of market activity. 189 See proposed Rules 5055(i) and (j). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.35–O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36–O and CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 and NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G and PHLX Options 8, Section 34(e) and (f). E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Options, finding that such elimination would allow exchanges ‘‘to better compete with the growing OTC market in customized equity options, thereby encouraging fair competition among brokers and dealers and exchange markets.’’ 190 The Commission has also stated that the elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options ‘‘could potentially expand the depth and liquidity of the FLEX equity market without significantly increasing concerns regarding intermarket manipulations or disruptions of the options or the underlying securities.’’ 191 Additionally, the Exchange believes that requiring positions in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-ofthe-month to be aggregated with positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security subjects FLEX Equity Options and NonFLEX Equity Options to the same position and exercise limits on third Friday-of-the-month expirations. These limitations are intended to serve as a safeguard against potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option positions expiring on the same day as Non-FLEX Equity Option positions. The Exchange notes that another exchange has the same requirement.192 The Exchange believes that any potential risk of manipulative activity is mitigated by existing surveillance technologies, procedures, and reporting requirements at the Exchange, which allows the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative trading activity. In addition to its own surveillance programs, the Exchange also works with other SROs and exchanges on intermarket surveillance related issues. Through its participation in the Intermarket Surveillance Group (‘‘ISG’’) 193 the Exchange shares information and coordinates inquiries and investigations with other exchanges designed to address potential intermarket manipulation and trading abuses. The Exchange also notes that Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (‘‘FINRA’’), conducts 190 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223 (December 10, 1999), 64 FR 71158, 71159 (December 20, 1999) (SR–Amex–99–40) (SR–PCX– 99–41) (SR–CBOE–99–59) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Permanent Approval of the Elimination of Position and Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity Options). 191 See id. 192 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.35–O(b)(i). 193 ISG is an industry organization formed in 1983 to coordinate intermarket surveillance among the SROs by cooperatively sharing regulatory information pursuant to a written agreement between the parties. The goal of the ISG’s information sharing is to coordinate regulatory efforts to address potential intermarket trading abuses and manipulations. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 cross-market surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services agreement.194 The Exchange also represents that it is reviewing its procedures to detect potential manipulation in light of any changes required for FLEX Equity Options to confirm appropriate surveillance coverage. These procedures utilize daily monitoring of market activity via automated surveillance techniques to identify unusual activity in both options and their underlying securities and are designed to protect investors and the public interest by ensuring that the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place. The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) further mitigates concerns for potential market manipulation and/or disruption in the underlying markets and thus protects investors and the public interest because position reporting will be required (other than for a Market Maker) and the Exchange may determine that a higher margin requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX Equity Option position in excess of the standard limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class. The Exchange may, pursuant to its authority under Rule 10130(b), impose additional margin upon the account maintaining such under-hedged position as a safeguard against potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option positions. The Exchange notes that the clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to capital charges under SEC Rule 15c3–1 to the extent of any margin deficiency resulting from a higher margin requirement imposed by the Exchange. The Exchange also notes that other exchanges currently trading FLEX options have similar position and exercise limits.195 Letters of Guarantee and Authorization Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(k), the Exchange will require FLEX Market Makers to provide a Letter of Guarantee issued by a clearing member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made by such person as long as such letter has not been revoked under Rule 8070(c).196 Market Makers that are qualified by the Exchange and have provided such a 194 The Exchange notes that it is responsible for FINRA’s performance under this regulatory services agreement. 195 See NYSE Arca Rules 5.35–O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36–O and CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 and NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G and PHLX Options 8, Section 34(e) and (f). 196 See proposed Rule 5055(k). PO 00000 Frm 00094 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88453 Letter of Guarantee will be permitted to trade FLEX Equity Options on BOX.197 The Exchange believes that requiring a Letter of Guarantee specific to FLEX Equity Options protects investors and the public interest because it signifies that the clearing member has specifically accepted financial responsibility for transactions in FLEX Equity Options entered into by the Market Maker which will protect the counterparties of those trades and such protections will flow to other clearing members and ultimately to the OCC as the central counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX Equity Option and NonFLEX Equity Option transactions. The Exchange notes that another exchange requires a Letter of Guarantee for FLEX transactions.198 Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(l), prior to effecting any transaction in FLEX Equity Options, Floor Brokers are required to provide a Letter of Authorization issued by a clearing member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made by such person, and such letter remains in effect until a written revocation is received by the Exchange.199 Floor Brokers that have provided such a Letter of Authorization and are qualified by the Exchange will be permitted to trade FLEX Equity Options on BOX.200 The Exchange believes that requiring a Letter of Authorization specific to FLEX Equity Options protects investors and the public interest because it signifies that the clearing member has accepted financial responsibility for transactions in FLEX Equity Options entered into by the Floor Broker which will protect the counterparties of those trades and such protections will flow to other clearing members and ultimately to the OCC as the central counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX Equity Option and NonFLEX Equity Option transactions. The Exchange notes that another exchange requires a separate Letter of Authorization for Floor Brokers to trade FLEX Equity Options.201 197 See proposed Rule 7605(c). The Exchange notes that Market Makers are subject to the qualifications in Exchange rules including net capital and financial requirements. See BOX Rule 8000 series. 198 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(a). 199 See proposed Rules 5055(l) and 7605(b). 200 The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers are subject to registration requirements in Exchange rules including a Floor Broker examination and other factors deemed appropriate by the Exchange. See BOX Rule 7550. 201 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41–O(b). E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88454 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices FOO Orders The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to adopt a new order type 202 for FLEX Equity Option transactions on the BOX Trading Floor is consistent with the Act. The Exchange modeled its proposed rule governing FOO Orders after Rule 7600 applicable to QOO Orders to harmonize current procedures on BOX’s Trading Floor, which the Exchange believes will reduce investor confusion and thus remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system.203 Specifically, the proposed elements of a FOO Order are designed to aid Floor Brokers in their duties and to maintain order and structure on the Trading Floor. For example, as with a QOO Order, the rules applicable to FOO Orders will ensure that all FLEX Equity Option transactions executed on the Trading Floor by Floor Brokers are systematized before they are represented to the trading crowd and provide an accurate timestamp of when the order was executed by the Floor Broker.204 As described above, the main differences from QOO Orders are that FOO Orders will not interact with the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book and that Floor Brokers must allow Floor Participants a minimum period of time to respond to FOO Orders. Under this proposal, Floor Brokers will continue to allow a reasonable amount of time for Floor Participants to participate in a FOO Order. Additionally, the Exchange will establish and communicate via Regulatory Notice a minimum time that Floor Brokers must provide for Floor khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 202 See proposed Rule 7605. 203 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (‘‘After careful review and consideration of the comments received, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.’’). 204 See proposed Rule 7605(e). The Exchange notes that in order to execute a FOO Order on the Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor Broker’s system to the BOG. This requires that the Floor Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order. An order is systematized when a Floor Broker creates an electronic record of the order. As the Exchange described when it originally proposed the QOO order type, in order to execute a QOO Order from the Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor Broker’s system to the BOG—which requires that the Floor Broker adequately systemized the QOO Order. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23682 n.259 (May 23, 2017) (SR–BOX–2016–48) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 Participants to respond to FOO Orders, which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes. While other exchanges have adopted RFQ processes for FLEX Equity Options,205 the Exchange has proposed to follow a similar approach for trading FLEX Equity Options as CBOE, which does not have a different open outcry process for FLEX Option transactions as compared to non-FLEX Option transactions, but does establish a different order announcement process that requires a reasonable amount of time for traders to respond to a FLEX Order.206 In fact, the Exchange notes that CBOE recently changed its process for FLEX Option transactions from conducting a RFQ process to utilizing the same process as for a non-FLEX Option on its trading floor.207 In its rule filing, CBOE stated that aligning the open outcry process for FLEX Options with that of non-FLEX Options may reduce confusion regarding how FLEX Orders may trade in open outcry and encourage the submission of FLEX Orders for execution.208 The Exchange similarly proposes to align its open outcry process for FLEX Equity Options with that of Non-FLEX Equity Options and to establish a minimum time for responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange also believes that, in addition to the required minimum time, it is appropriate to continue to have Options Exchange Officials determine whether Floor Participants have been provided a reasonable amount of time to respond to a FOO Order, which is consistent with the current procedure on the BOX Trading Floor for QOO Orders.209 The Options 205 See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33–O and PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c) and NYSE American Rule 904G. 206 See CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(1) (providing that FLEX Traders have a reasonable amount of time (which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes) from the time a FLEX Trader requests a quote in a FLEX Option series or represents a FLEX Order (including announcing a crossing transaction pursuant to Rule 5.87) to respond with bids and offers). The Exchange notes that PHLX has also taken a similar approach to CBOE. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 97658 (June 7, 2023), 88 FR 38562 (June 13, 2023) (SR–Phlx–2023–22) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Various Options 8 Rules). 207 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87235 (October 4, 2019), 84 FR 54671 (October 10, 2019) (SR–CBOE–2019–084) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to Extend the Operation of its Flexible Exchange Options (‘‘FLEX Options’’) Pilot Program Regarding Permissible Exercise Settlement Values for FLEX Index Options). 208 Id. 209 See supra note 158 (describing that the minimum time period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, will be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory Notice). PO 00000 Frm 00095 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 Exchange Official will make this determination on a case-by-case basis based on the current market conditions and trading activity on the Trading Floor.210 Options Exchange Officials are employees of the Exchange, reporting to the Chief Regulatory Officer, and are trained and qualified to enforce the Exchange’s rules. The Exchange believes that Options Exchange Officials will ensure that FOO Orders follow the Exchange’s rules, including that FLEX Market Makers are provided a reasonable amount of time to respond.211 FLEX Market Makers that do not believe a reasonable amount of time to respond was provided may appeal any related determination of an Options Exchange Official to the Exchange’s Chief Regulatory Officer.212 Additionally, Floor Brokers have a general responsibility to use due diligence to cause orders to be executed at the best price or prices available to them in accordance with the Rules of the Exchange.213 Further, it shall be considered conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade for any Floor Broker to intentionally disrupt the open outcry process.214 Thus, the Exchange believes that the proposed process promotes just and equitable principles of trade and removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because the proposed process provides substantially similar opportunities for Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders as an RFQ process while maintaining consistency with existing Exchange processes for transactions on the Trading Floor. As noted herein, the proposed open outcry process is safeguarded by enforcement of the Exchange’s rules by Options Exchange Officials. The Exchange again notes that, except for the inclusion of a minimum time period that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders, the proposed open outcry process for FOO Orders is similar to the current process for QOO Orders. Therefore, the Exchange believes the proposal will serve to avoid confusion 210 The Exchange has a Minor Rule Violation Program (‘‘MRVP’’) pursuant to Rule 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The MRVP provides in part that improper vocalization of a trade may result in sanction. See BOX Rule 12140. 211 See supra note 158 (describing that the minimum time period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, will be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory Notice). 212 See BOX Rule 7640(e). 213 See BOX Rule 7570. 214 See BOX IM–7580–4. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices and increase efficiency on the BOX Trading Floor. Proposed Rule 7605(b) states that FOO Orders will be limited solely to the Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that limiting FOO Orders to the Trading Floor is consistent with the Act because, due to their unique and customizable nature, FLEX Equity Option transactions are well suited for a trading floor environment where the terms of such options can be effectively negotiated. The Exchange notes that other exchanges limit FLEX Equity Options trading to their respective trading floors.215 To the extent the Exchange determines to adopt an electronic mechanism for the trading of FLEX Equity Options, it will file a subsequent proposed rule change with the Commission. Proposed Rule 7605(c) provides that FLEX Market Makers must be registered under Rule 8000 and must be Floor Market Makers in good standing under Rule 8500, which protects investors and the public interest by ensuring that Market Makers are qualified to perform their duties, including filing an application, demonstrating knowledge of FLEX Equity Options, and providing additional information as the Exchange may consider necessary. The Exchange shall qualify at least three FLEX Market Makers in accordance with a FLEXspecific qualification process prescribed by the Exchange to provide competition for FOO Orders and reasonable opportunities for Participants to get quotes on FLEX Equity Options. The requirement to qualify at least three FLEX Market Makers is designed to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system. Similarly to Floor Market Makers, FLEX Market Makers will also be subject to Rule 8510, including provisions for the course and conduct of dealings, class assignments, and option priority and parity, unless otherwise specified in proposed Rule 7605.216 Specifically, Rule 8510 provides that transactions of a Floor Market Maker should constitute a course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, quoting obligations, restrictions on trading in certain circumstances, and restrictions on conduct related to the allocation of trades. These rules are 215 See NYSE American Rule 904G and NYSE Arca Rule 5.33–O and PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c). 216 Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 designed to protect investors and the public interest and are therefore consistent with the Act. Proposed Rule 7605(d) states that FOO Orders may be Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders, including as tied hedge orders, and that these orders may be crossed.217 However, the priority provisions of Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there will be no preestablished series and no electronic trading.218 Further, only FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying and of the same exercise style (American or European) may be part of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order. Additionally, if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be permitted to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added. If a NonFLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be required to execute separate FLEX Equity Option and NonFLEX Equity Option transactions to close its position(s), such that FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX trading procedures and Non-FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules. These proposed rules are designed to maintain order and structure, to detail the operation of Complex FOO Order and Multi-Leg FOO Order trading on the Trading Floor, and are similar to BOX’s current Rule 7600(a)(4). The Exchange is 217 See proposed Rule 7605(d), proposed IM– 7605–2(d) and current IM–7600–2. 218 BOX Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) provide priority provisions for Complex Orders that take into consideration the prices of orders on the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book. Because there will be no BOX Book or Complex Book for Complex FOO Orders, there is no priority of orders on the BOX Book or Complex Book applicable to Complex FOO Orders. This is a distinction from Rule 7600(c), which, for purposes of QOO Orders, excludes the priority rules for Complex Orders contained in Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) only from multi-leg QOO Orders that are not Complex Orders. PO 00000 Frm 00096 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88455 proposing to use similar procedures for the trading of Complex QOO Orders, multi-leg QOO Orders, Complex FOO Orders, and Multi-Leg FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor because it will reduce investor confusion and increase efficiency. Additionally, offering order functionality such as Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, and tied hedge orders provides investors with the flexibility and capability to meet their investment and hedging objectives. For these reasons, the Exchange believes that allowing Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, and tied hedge orders removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and is therefore consistent with the Act. The Exchange notes that another exchange allows complex orders and tied hedge orders for FLEX Equity Options.219 Another provision designed to maintain order and structure on the Trading Floor is the Exchange’s proposal that FOO Orders entrusted to a Floor Broker will be considered a Not Held Order, unless otherwise specified by a Floor Broker’s client.220 In particular, considering orders as Not Held will aid Floor Brokers in their duties on the Trading Floor because it provides clarity to both Floor Brokers and their clients regarding how each order is to be handled. Additionally, this rule is consistent with the current handling of QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor which will avoid confusion, increase efficiency, and ensure consistent treatment of orders on the Trading Floor. The Exchange further believes that this proposed rule protects investors and the public interest by clarifying order handling duties and expectations between Floor Brokers and Participants. Additionally, the requirement, in proposed IM–7605–2, that Participants disclose Public Customer Orders subject to crossing with an order that is not a 219 See CBOE Rules 5.70(b) and 1.1 (definition of, ‘‘Complex Order’’) (providing that the term ‘‘complex order’’ means an order involving the concurrent execution of two or more different series in the same underlying security or index (the ‘‘legs’’ or ‘‘components’’ of the complex order), for the same account, occurring at or near the same time and for the purpose of executing a particular investment strategy with no more than the applicable number of legs (which number CBOE determines on a class-by-class basis)). The Exchange notes that the term ‘‘complex order’’ on CBOE includes both Complex Orders and Multi-Leg Orders, as those terms are defined on BOX. See also CBOE Rule 5.87 Interpretations and Policies .07 and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 93122 (September 24, 2021), 86 FR 54269 (September 30, 2021) (Order Granting Approval of SR–CBOE– 2021–041). 220 See proposed Rule 7605(l). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.34–O and 6.62–O(f). E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88456 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices Public Customer Order and all securities that are components of the Public Customer Order is designed to maintain order and structure on the Trading Floor.221 The rule also clarifies that Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, or tied hedge orders on opposite sides of the market may be crossed subject to limitations.222 The Exchange believes that providing clarity will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and that full disclosure will prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices by providing complete information to Participants which may prompt them to improve upon the Floor Broker’s proposed crossing price. Additionally, rules governing how long a response is in effect and the effect of an established market on priority create order and structure on the Trading Floor.223 The Exchange believes that such order and structure protects investors and the public and notes that the same rules apply to QOO Orders.224 Proposed Rule 7605(e) is designed to aid Floor Brokers in their duties and to maintain structure and order on the Trading Floor. For example, by providing that a FOO Order is not executed until it is processed by the Trading Host,225 the Exchange is providing an accurate timestamp of when the order was actually executed by the Floor Broker and not just when it was submitted to the Exchange.226 Additionally, the process whereby Floor Brokers are required to systematize orders in their systems is designed to provide a complete and accurate audit trail and minimize the occurrence of disputes and regulatory violations.227 After systematization, a Floor Broker’s system will then be required to send an order to the BOG. Further, Floor Brokers are responsible for providing the correct allocations of the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee, if 221 See proposed IM–7605–2(a) and (e). proposed IM–7605–2(d). 223 See proposed IM–7605–2(b) and (c). 224 See BOX IM–7600–1. The Exchanges notes that the portion of IM–7600–1 that references BOX Book Priority is not included in proposed IM–7605– 2 because, as discussed, the BOX Book is not available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options. 225 See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). 226 FOO Orders will be submitted by Floor Brokers to the BOG, which is a component of the Trading Host. A Floor Broker will have a connection to the BOG giving the Floor Broker the ability to submit FOO Orders to the Trading Host. 227 In order to execute a FOO Order on the Trading Floor, it must be sent from a Floor Broker’s system to the BOG. This requires that the Floor Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order prior to announcing the FOO Order to the trading crowd. See proposed Rule 7605(b). khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 222 See VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 necessary, after order execution.228 Floor Brokers will also be required to ascertain that at least one FLEX Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing a FOO Order for execution, which is designed to increase competition for FLEX Equity Option interest on the Trading Floor.229 The Exchange notes that these rules are substantially similar to those currently in place for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.230 The Exchange believes that having substantially similar rules for all orders on the BOX Trading Floor will avoid any potential confusion and increase efficiency on the BOX Trading Floor, which will further the objectives and goals of the Act by helping to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, promoting just and equitable principles of trade, and removing impediments to and perfecting the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system. FLEX Market Maker Requirements The Exchange believes that the proposed rules applicable to FLEX Market Makers are reasonable and will foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities, promote just and equitable principles of trade, and remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system. Specifically, proposed Rules 7605(f), (g) and (h) state: (1) that the minimum size for FLEX Equity Option transactions and quotations shall be 1 contract; (2) that there are no maximum bid to ask spread differentials for FLEX Equity Option quotes; and (3) that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market.231 The Exchange believes that these rules reflect the unique nature of FLEX Equity Option trading which occurs relatively infrequently and with option premiums that can vary widely because any exercise price (in minimum increments of $0.01) and any expiration date on a business day within 15 years of trade date may be traded.232 The Exchange believes that these requirements strike a balance between the complexity of quoting customized options and the need to ensure that Floor Brokers are 228 See proposed Rule 7605(j). proposed Rule 7605(e)(3). 230 See BOX Rule 7600(d)(4). See also BOX Rule 7580(a). 231 See proposed Rules 7605(f)–(h). 232 See proposed Rule 5055(e). 229 See PO 00000 Frm 00097 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 able to get a quote for any FLEX Equity Option selected by their clients. Further, these requirements remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system by ensuring that there is a procedure in place to receive a two-sided quote for each FOO Order brought to the BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange notes that these requirements are similar to those currently in place at BOX and another options exchange.233 Priority of Orders and Allocation of Trades The Exchange believes that the proposed rule to provide a Floor Broker with a guarantee or entitlement to cross 40% of the remaining contracts of the original order, after all bids or offers at better prices are filled, with other orders that he is holding,234 is reasonable and is consistent with the Act. Specifically, proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) will reward Floor Brokers who bring orders of an eligible size determined by the Exchange but not less than 50 contracts to the Exchange by guaranteeing them the ability to cross 40% of the remaining contracts of those orders after any better priced interest has been filled. The Exchange believes that establishing an eligible size for such guarantee for at least 50 contracts will encourage larger negotiated transactions while providing Floor Participants with a reasonable opportunity to participate. The Exchange notes that other options exchanges provide a guarantee for FLEX Equity Options on their trading floors.235 Additionally, the Exchange 233 See NYSE Arca Rules 5.32–O(b)(7) and 5.37– O(d) and BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). 234 See proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k). 235 See NYSE American Rule 904G(e)(iii) (providing that ‘‘[i]n the case of FLEX Equity Options only and notwithstanding [Rules 904G(e)(i) and (ii)], whenever the Submitting Member has indicated an intention to cross or act as principal on the trade and has matched or improved the BBO during the BBO Improvement Interval, the Submitting Member will be permitted to execute the contra side of the trade that is the subject of the Request for Quotes, to the extent of at least 40% of the trade’’) and PHLX Rule Options 8, Section 34(c)(5) (‘‘In the case of FLEX equity options only and notwithstanding [Section 34(c)(4)], whenever the Requesting Member has indicated an intention to cross or act as principal on the trade and has matched or improved the BBO during the BBO Improvement Interval, the Requesting Member will be permitted to execute the contra side of the trade that is the subject of the RFQs, to the extent of at least 40% of the trade, provided the order is a Public Customer order or an order respecting the Requesting Member’s firm proprietary account.’’). See also NYSE American Rule 904G(f) (‘‘A Submitting Member may effect crossing transactions only on public customer orders or orders respecting the Submitting Member’s firm proprietary account.’’). The Exchange notes differences between the guarantees on NYSE American and PHLX and the guarantee on BOX. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES currently provides a similar guarantee with respect to QOO Orders executed on the BOX Trading Floor.236 Allowing a similar guarantee for QOO Orders and FOO Orders is intended to maintain consistency and increase efficiency for the different order types offered on the BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that allowing a guarantee will promote just and equitable principles of trade and remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system by encouraging Floor Brokers to bring orders to the Trading Floor while maintaining the ability of other Floor Participants to participate in floor transactions and compete for such orders. The Exchange believes that, after the allocation of any bids and offers at better prices and any eligible Floor Broker guarantee, allocating FLEX Equity Option trades between Floor Participants pursuant to the priority provisions of Rule 7610 is reasonable and promotes just and equitable principles of trade. The Exchange notes that, pursuant to Rule 7610, bids and offers are considered in order of the highest bid/lowest offer and priority shall be afforded to such bids and offers in the sequence in which they are made. In situations where the sequence cannot be determined, Floor Participants are treated on an equal basis and receive an equal number of contracts to the extent mathematically possible.237 The Exchange believes that Rule 7610 is designed to be a fair and impartial method of trade allocation, to promote competition between Floor Participants, and to encourage quick responses of bids and offers at the best available prices. Additionally, consistent and objective trade allocation on the BOX Trading Floor may encourage FLEX Market Makers to provide liquidity which may improve the quality of responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange notes that Rule 7610 is currently applicable to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor 238 and that other First, neither PHLX nor NYSE American set an eligible order size and BOX proposes an eligible order size, determined by the Exchange, of 50 or more contracts. Further, both NYSE American and PHLX require the contra side of a crossing order subject to the 40% guaranteed allocation to be either a Public Customer order or an order respecting the submitting firm’s proprietary account whereas BOX does not impose such limitations. The Exchange notes that not limiting contra side participant types is consistent with current BOX rules on the Trading Floor for QOO Orders. 236 See BOX Rule 7600(f). 237 See BOX Rule 7610. 238 The Exchange notes that split-price priority applicable to QOO Orders is not applicable to FOO Orders. Split-price priority allows a Participant effecting a trade that betters the market to have VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 exchanges use a similar procedure.239 Further, if interest remains after Floor Participants that responded with interest receive their allocation, the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order will be allocated to the executing Floor Broker. This allocation is designed to further incentivize Floor Brokers after first allowing Floor Participants an opportunity to participate in the trade. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to add certain proposed rules as eligible for a minor rule fine disposition under its MRVP will assist the Exchange in preventing fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices and promoting just and equitable principles of trade, and will serve to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, protect investors and the public interest. In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes to Rule 12140(e) are consistent with Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,240 which provides that members and persons associated with members shall be appropriately disciplined for violation of the provisions of the rules of the exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of activities, functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended or barred from being associated with a member, or any other fitting sanction. As noted, the proposed rule change adds certain rules priority on the balance of that trade at the next pricing increment, even if there are orders in the book at the same price. BOX Book will not be applicable to FOO Orders and thus there is no need for split-price priority. Accordingly, the Exchange does not propose to adopt provisions analogous to Rule 7600(i), IM–7600–6, or IM–7600–7 in proposed Rule 7605. 239 CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(2) provides that FLEX Orders are allocated only to responses from the trading crowd pursuant to Rules 5.85(a)(1) and (2)(C). Rule 5.85(a)(1) provides that bids and offers with the highest bid and lowest offer have priority and (2)(C) establishes priority between in-crowd market participants at the same price. The Exchange believes that these rules are similar to BOX Rule 7610 and are appropriate for FLEX Equity Option trading. But see NYSE Arca Rules 5.30–O(d) (providing that priority and order allocation procedures for open outcry do not apply to FLEX Equity Options) and 5.33–O (providing a RFQ procedure for FLEX transactions including priority provisions that provide priority in certain instances to FLEX Qualified Market Makers and limited priority to the submitting firm if it has matched or improved the market on NYSE Arca). As discussed herein, the Exchange does not believe that a RFQ procedure is necessary for FLEX Equity Option trading on BOX. Similarly, CBOE does not have a specific open outcry procedure for FLEX transactions. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d) (providing that a submitting FLEX Trader may represent and execute a FLEX Order on the Exchange’s trading floor in the same manner as a Trading Permit Holder may represent and execute an order for a non-FLEX Option). 240 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6). PO 00000 Frm 00098 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88457 as eligible for a minor rule fine disposition under the Exchange’s MRVP. The Exchange believes violations of proposed Rules 7605 and 7605(h) to be minor in nature and will be more appropriately disciplined through the Exchange’s MRVP, and therefore proposes to add them to the list of rules in Rule 12140(e) eligible for a minor rule fine disposition. The Exchange also believes that the proposed change is designed to provide a fair procedure for the disciplining of members and persons associated with members, consistent with Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Act.241 Rule 12140, currently and as amended, does not preclude a Participant or person associated with or employed by a Participant from contesting an alleged violation and receiving a hearing on the matter with the same procedural rights through a litigated disciplinary proceeding. Further, the Exchange will be able to carry out its regulatory responsibility more quickly and efficiently by incorporating these violations into the MRVP. The Exchange notes that these violations are consistent with violations at other options exchanges.242 The Exchange also notes that the proposed additional violations are similar to minor rule violations already designated in the Exchange’s MRVP for activities related to the Trading Floor. In requesting the proposed additions to BOX Rule 12140(e), the Exchange in no way minimizes the importance of compliance with Exchange Rules and all other rules subject to the imposition of fines under the MRVP. Minor rule fines provide a meaningful sanction for minor or technical violations of rules when the conduct at issue does not warrant stronger, immediately reportable disciplinary sanctions. The inclusion of a rule in the Exchange’s MRVP does not minimize the importance of compliance with the rule, nor does it preclude the Exchange from choosing to pursue violations of eligible rules through a Letter of Consent if the nature of the violations or prior disciplinary history warrants more significant sanctions. Rather, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will strengthen the Exchange’s ability to carry out its oversight and enforcement responsibilities in cases where full disciplinary proceedings are unwarranted in view of the minor nature of the particular violation. Rather, the option to impose a minor rule sanction gives the Exchange 241 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d). e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 10.12(h) and CBOE Rule 13.15(g)(9). 242 See, E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES 88458 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices additional flexibility to administer its enforcement program in the most effective and efficient manner while still fully meeting the Exchange’s remedial objectives in addressing violative conduct. Specifically, the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices because it will provide the Exchange the ability to issue a minor rule fine for violations relating to FOO Orders and FLEX Market Maker quoting of FLEX Equity Options where a more formal disciplinary action may not be warranted or appropriate. Finally, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will reinforce its surveillance and enforcement functions. The Exchange believes that amending Rule 7620 and IM–7620–1 to exclude FLEX Equity Options is consistent with proposed Rule 5055(c) which provides that Rule 7620 shall not apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The amendment is designed to provide clarity by adding FLEX Equity Options to the exclusion list in Rule 7620 and IM–7620–1 to clarify that neither Cabinet orders nor Sub-Penny Cabinet orders will be available for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes further that this amendment will protect investors and the public interest by removing potential ambiguity between Rule 7620 and proposed Rules 5055 and 7605 and is therefore consistent with the Act. Lastly, the amendment of Rule 100(b)(3) to remove specific rule references is designed to clarify that all Exchange options transactions shall be executed automatically by the Trading Host as provided in applicable Exchange Rules. The Exchange believes that this amendment will protect investors and the public interest by removing potential ambiguity created by a list of specific rule references that may not be complete and is therefore consistent with the Act. The Exchange reiterates that FLEX Equity Options are currently traded on four other options exchanges currently conducting options trading.243 Therefore, the proposed rules perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and protect investors and the public interest by establishing FLEX Equity Options and FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor, which would provide market participants an additional execution venue to provide and seek liquidity for their customized orders, thereby increasing the 243 FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE, NYSE American, NYSE Arca, and PHLX. VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 opportunities to execute such orders to the benefit of all market participants. other exemptions to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition.250 Section 11(a) Analysis In addition to statutory exemptions, Rule 11a2–2(T) under the Act,251 known as the ‘‘effect versus execute’’ rule, provides Participants with an exemption from the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition. Rule 11a2–2(T) permits a Participant, subject to certain conditions, to effect transactions for covered accounts by arranging for an unaffiliated Participant, acting as a Floor Broker, to execute transactions on the Exchange. To comply with Rule 11a2–2(T)’s conditions, the initiating Participant: (i) must transmit the order from off the Trading Floor; (ii) may not participate in the execution of the transaction once the order has been transmitted to the Participant performing the execution; 252 (iii) may not be affiliated with the executing Participant; and (iv) with respect to an account over which the Participant or an associated person has investment discretion, neither the Participant nor an associated person may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction except as provided in the Rule. For the reasons set forth below, the Exchange believes that Participants utilizing FOO Orders on the Trading Floor may comply with the conditions of Rule 11a2–2(T) under the Act.253 The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules thereunder. Section 11(a)(1) of the Act 244 prohibits a member of a national securities exchange from effecting transactions on that exchange for its own account, the account of an associated person, or an account over which it or its associated person exercises investment discretion (collectively, ‘‘covered accounts’’), unless an exception applies. Sections 11(a)(1)(A)–(I) of the Act 245 and the rules thereunder provide certain exemptions from this general prohibition, including the exemption set forth in Rule 11a2–2(T) under the Act.246 The proposed rule change would not limit in any way the obligation of a Participant, while acting as a Floor Broker or otherwise, to comply with Section 11(a) of the Act or the rules thereunder.247 As described above, the Exchange proposes to apply existing IM–7600–5 to FLEX Equity Options,248 which states that a Participant shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for a covered account by relying on the G Exemption.249 Because no covered account transactions utilizing the Trading Floor may rely on the G Exemption, Participants utilizing the Trading Floor to effect transactions for covered accounts may only rely upon 244 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1). U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A)–(I). 246 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T). 247 A Floor Broker may utilize the Trading Floor to effect a transaction for a covered account only pursuant to Rule 7540 and for purposes of liquidating error positions. 248 See proposed Rule 5055(c) (stating that IM– 7600–5 shall apply to FLEX Equity Options). 249 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G). Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act provides an exemption from the general prohibition in Section 11(a)(1) of the Act for any transaction for a member’s own account, provided that: (i) such member is primarily engaged in the business of underwriting and distributing securities issued by other persons, selling securities to customers, and acting as broker, or any one or more of such activities, and whose gross income normally is derived principally from such business and related activities; and (ii) such transaction is effected in compliance with rules of the Commission which, as a minimum, assure that the transaction is not inconsistent with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and yields priority, parity, and precedence in execution to orders for the account of persons who are not members or associated with members of the exchange. See also 17 CFR 240.11a1–1(T) (setting forth requirements for relying on the G Exemption). 245 15 PO 00000 Frm 00099 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 250 Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules thereunder provide other exemptions to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition, including, for example, the ‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption (as discussed below), the exemption for transactions by a dealer acting in the capacity of a market maker, and the exemption for transactions to offset a transaction made in error. 251 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T). 252 This prohibition also applies to associated persons of the initiating Participant. The Participant may, however, participate in clearing and settling the transaction. 253 The Commission has previously found that the all-electronic transactions effected through the Trading Host are consistent with the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2–2(T) thereunder. See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 72848 (August 14, 2014), 79 FR 49361 (August 20, 2014) (SR–BOX–2014–16) (order approving the Exchange’s proposal to adopt new trade allocation algorithms for matching trades at the conclusion of the PIP and the COPIP); and 66871 (April 27, 2012), 77 FR 26323 (May 3, 2012) (order granting the Exchange’s application for registration as a national securities exchange). The Commission has also found that transactions effected by Participants through the Trading Floor are consistent with the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2–2(T) thereunder. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR–BOX– 2016–48) (order approving the Exchange’s proposal to adopt rules for an open-outcry Trading Floor). E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES Rule 11a2–2(T)’s first requirement is that orders for covered accounts be transmitted from off the Trading Floor. The Commission has found that the offfloor transmission requirement is met if a covered account order is transmitted from a remote location directly to an exchange’s floor by electronic means.254 Floor Brokers will receive matched or unmatched orders either via telephone, or electronically to the Floor Broker’s order entry mechanism. A Participant could submit an order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to an unaffiliated Floor Broker for representation on the Trading Floor and use the ‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption (assuming the other conditions of the rule are satisfied). A Participant that submits a FOO Order for a covered account utilizing the Trading Floor, and who wishes to rely on the ‘‘effect versus execute’’ exemption, must submit the order from off the Trading Floor. Second, Rule 11a2–2(T) requires that neither the initiating Participant nor an associated person of the initiating Participant participate in the execution of the transaction at any time after the order for the transaction has been transmitted. At no time following the submission of a FOO Order utilizing the Trading Floor will the submitting Participant or any associated person of such Participant acquire control or influence over the result or timing of the order’s execution.255 In addition, once a Floor Broker submits a FOO order to the BOG for execution, neither the Floor Broker nor anyone else may alter the terms of the order.256 Moreover, when a Floor Broker submits a FOO Order for execution, the order will be executed in accordance with Exchange rules and based on market conditions of when the order is received by the Trading Host.257 Accordingly, a Participant and its associated persons would not participate in the execution of a FOO 254 See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 15533 (January 29, 1979), 44 FR 6084 (January 31, 1979) (‘‘1979 Release’’); and 14563 (March 14, 1978), 43 FR 11542 (March 17, 1978) (‘‘1978 Release’’). 255 A Participant may cancel or modify the FOO Order, or modify the instructions for executing the FOO Order. The Commission has stated that the nonparticipation requirement is satisfied under such circumstances so long as the modifications or cancellations are also transmitted from off the floor. See 1978 Release, supra note 248, at 11547 (stating that the ‘‘non-participation requirement does not prevent initiating members from canceling of modifying orders (or the instructions pursuant to which the initiating member wishes orders to be executed) after the orders have been transmitted to the executing member, provided that any such instructions are also transmitted from off the floor’’). 256 See proposed Rule 7600(c). 257 See proposed Rule 7600(a). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 Order submitted for execution utilizing the Trading Floor. Third, Rule 11a2–2(T) requires that the order be executed by a Participant that is not associated with the Participant initiating the order. To rely on the exemption in Rule 11a2–2(T), a Participant could submit a FOO Order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to an unaffiliated Floor Broker. A Participant relying on Rule 11a2–2(T) could not submit a FOO Order for a covered account to its ‘‘house’’ Floor Broker on the Trading Floor for execution. If a Participant sends its FOO Order from off the floor to an affiliated Participant that is on the floor, who then directs the order into the Trading Host for execution, the offfloor Participant may not rely on the exemption in Rule 11a2–2(T). Fourth, in the case of a transaction effected for an account with respect to which the initiating Participant or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion, neither the initiating Participant nor any associated person may retain any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction, unless the person authorized to transact business for the account has expressly provided otherwise by written contract referring to Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2–2(T) thereunder.258 Participants and their associated persons trading for covered accounts over which they exercise investment discretion must comply with this condition in order to rely on the rule’s exemption. B. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement on Burden on Competition The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that other exchanges currently offer FLEX option trading on their respective trading floors. The Exchange believes that the proposed 258 In addition, Rule 11a2–2(T)(d) requires that, if a Participant or associated person is authorized by written contract to retain compensation in connection with effecting transactions for covered accounts over which the Participant or associated person thereof exercises investment discretion, the Participant or associated person must furnish at least annually to the person authorized to transact business for the account a statement setting forth the total amount of compensation retained by the Participant or any associated person thereof in connection with effecting transactions for the account during the period covered by the statement. See 17 CFR 240.11a2–2(T)(d). See also 1978 Release, supra note 248, at 11548 (stating that ‘‘[t]he contractual and disclosure requirements are designed to assure that accounts electing to permit transaction-related compensation do so only after deciding that such arrangements are suitable to their interests’’). PO 00000 Frm 00100 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88459 rules will allow BOX to compete with these other exchanges and provide an additional execution venue for these transactions for market participants. Thus, the proposed rules will promote intermarket competition by increasing the number of exchanges where FLEX Equity Options can be traded. The proposal also promotes intermarket competition by providing another alternative, exchange markets, to bilateral OTC trading of options with flexible terms. Exchange markets, in contrast with bilateral OTC trading, are centralized, transparent, and have the guarantee of the OCC for options traded. Additionally, the Exchange believes that this proposal does not impose an undue burden on intramarket competition because Participants are not required to trade FLEX Equity Options and those that choose to trade FLEX Equity Options may do so on the same terms and pursuant to the same rules. To the extent that the proposed rules differ for FLEX Market Makers and Floor Brokers, these differences are based on the unique roles and obligations of Floor Brokers (e.g., systemization, announcement, and allocation of orders) and FLEX Market Makers (e.g., quoting in response to orders). Additionally, any burden on intramarket competition imposed by providing Floor Brokers with a guaranteed trade allocation on certain trades is mitigated by the facts that FLEX Market Maker quotes at better prices are allocated first and FLEX Market Makers may still participate after the Floor Broker’s guarantee at the same price. Further, the Exchange notes that Floor Brokers source liquidity for the contra side of a two-sided order that may otherwise be unavailable on the Trading Floor due to the size and complexity of the order. The proposed guarantee provides greater opportunity for the contra-side to participate in the trade which facilitates Floor Brokers in their generation of contra-side interest and increases the likelihood of securing sufficient contra-side interest. FLEX Market Makers do not construct twosided orders and thus are not provided a guarantee. However, FLEX Market Makers may benefit from the Floor Broker guarantee as the guarantee is designed to incentivize Floor Brokers to bring their FLEX orders to the BOX Trading Floor where FLEX Market Makers have the ability to interact with these orders. The Exchange also does not believe the proposed rule change imposes any undue burden on intramarket competition between Participants that trade FLEX Equity Options and those that trade Non-FLEX E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 88460 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices Equity Options. As described above, the Exchange has proposed to use substantially similar procedures for the trading of QOO Orders and FOO Orders, with any modifications designed to reflect the unique nature of customizable FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange notes further that proposed Rule 5055(f) would prevent any FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options with the same terms from trading concurrently on the Exchange, with a narrow exception for closing only orders.259 Lastly, the proposed MRVP changes are not intended to address competitive issues but rather are concerned solely with updating the Exchange’s MRVP in connection with the proposed rules eligible for a minor rule fine disposition. Further, the proposal relates to the Exchange’s role and responsibilities as a self-regulatory organization and the manner in which it disciplines its Participants and associated persons for violations of its rules. The Exchange believes the proposed MRVP changes, overall, will strengthen the Exchange’s ability to carry out its oversight and enforcement functions and deter potential violative conduct. Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes discussed herein do not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change. III. Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove SR–BOX– 2023–20, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, and Grounds for Disapproval Under Consideration The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act 260 to determine whether the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, should be approved or disapproved. Institution of such proceedings is appropriate at this time in view of the legal and policy issues raised by the proposed rule change. Institution of proceedings does not indicate that the Commission has reached any conclusions with respect to any of the issues involved. Rather, as described below, the Commission seeks and encourages interested persons to 259 See 260 15 supra note 61. U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 provide additional comment on the proposed rule change to inform the Commission’s analysis of whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2. Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,261 the Commission is providing notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. As described above, the Exchange proposes to adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which, among other applicable Exchange rules, will govern the trading of FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and make corresponding rule changes. The Commission received one comment letter in support of the proposed rule change as originally proposed.262 On December 12, 2023, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 2 that replaced and superseded its original proposal.263 The Commission is instituting proceedings to allow for additional analysis of, and input from commenters with respect to, the proposed rule change’s consistency, as modified by Amendment No. 2, with the Act, and in particular, Section 6(b)(5) of the Act, which requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest.264 The Commission is also seeking additional comment on the proposed rule change in order to provide the public with an opportunity to consider and comment on Amendment No. 2, which was filed with the Commission on December 12, 2023. Under the Commission’s Rules of Practice, the ‘‘burden to demonstrate that a proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder . . . is on the self-regulatory organization [‘SRO’] that proposed the rule change.’’ 265 The description of a proposed rule change, its purpose and operation, its effect, and a legal analysis of its consistency with applicable requirements must all be sufficiently detailed and specific to support an affirmative Commission finding,266 and any failure of an SRO to provide this 261 Id. 262 See supra note 3. supra note 6. 264 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5). 265 Rule 700(b)(3), Commission Rules of Practice, 17 CFR 201.700(b)(3). 266 See id. 263 See PO 00000 Frm 00101 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 information may result in the Commission not having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations.267 For these reasons, the Commission believes it is appropriate to institute proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act to determine whether the proposal should be approved or disapproved. IV. Procedure: Request for Written Comments The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their data, views, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act 268 or any other provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of data, views, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b–4 under the Act,269 any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.270 Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, should be approved or disapproved by January 11, 2024. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person’s submission must file that rebuttal by January 25, 2024. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of the Exchange’s statements in support of the proposal, which are set forth in Amendment No. 2,271 in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the proposed rule change. 267 See id. U.S.C. 78f(b)(5). 269 17 CFR 240.19b–4. 270 Section 19(b)(2) of the Act, as amended by the Securities Acts Amendments of 1975, Pub. L. 94– 29 (June 4, 1975), grants to the Commission flexibility to determine what type of proceeding— either oral or notice and opportunity for written comments—is appropriate for consideration of a particular proposal by a self-regulatory organization. See Securities Acts Amendments of 1975, Senate Comm. on Banking, Housing & Urban Affairs, S. Rep. No. 75, 94th Cong., 1st Sess. 30 (1975). 271 See Amendment No. 2, supra note 6. 268 15 E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1 Federal Register / Vol. 88, No. 244 / Thursday, December 21, 2023 / Notices Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods: SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Electronic Comments • Use the Commission’s internet comment form (https://www.sec.gov/ rules/sro.shtml); or • Send an email to rule-comments@ sec.gov. Please include file number SR– BOX–2023–20 on the subject line. Paper Comments khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with NOTICES • Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549–1090. All submissions should refer to file number SR–BOX–2023–20. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission’s internet website (https://www.sec.gov/ rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR–BOX–2023–20 and should be submitted on or before January 11, 2024. Rebuttal comments should be submitted by January 25, 2024. For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.272 Sherry R. Haywood, Assistant Secretary. [FR Doc. 2023–28043 Filed 12–20–23; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011–01–P 272 17 CFR 200.30–3(a)(57). VerDate Sep<11>2014 18:15 Dec 20, 2023 Jkt 262001 [Release No. 34–99190; File No. SR–GEMX– 2023–19] Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq GEMX, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Options 7, Section 6 December 15, 2023. Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (‘‘Act’’),1 and Rule 19b–4 thereunder,2 notice is hereby given that on December 5, 2023, Nasdaq GEMX, LLC (‘‘GEMX’’ or ‘‘Exchange’’) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’ or ‘‘Commission’’) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons. I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change The Exchange proposes to amend its Rules at Options 7, Section 6, C, Ports and Other Services.3 The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange’s website at https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/ rulebook/gemx/rules, at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission’s Public Reference Room. II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements. 1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1). CFR 240.19b–4. 3 The Exchange initially filed the proposed pricing changes on November 28, 2023 (SR–GEMX– 2023–16). On December 5, 2023, the Exchange withdrew that filing and submitted this filing. 2 17 PO 00000 Frm 00102 Fmt 4703 Sfmt 4703 88461 A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change 1. Purpose The Exchange proposes to amend Options 7, Section 6, C, Ports and Other Services. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend the monthly caps for SQF Ports 4 and SQF Purge Ports.5 Today, GEMX assesses $1,250 per port, per month for an SQF Port as well as an SQF Purge Port.6 Also, today, SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports are subject to a monthly cap of $17,500, which cap is applicable to Market Makers. At this time, the Exchange proposes to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port monthly cap fee of $17,500 per month to $27,500 per month. The Exchange is not amending the $1,250 per port, per month SQF Port and SQF Purge Port. As is the case today, the Exchange would not assess a Member an SQF Port or SQF Purge Port fee beyond the monthly cap once the Member has exceeded the monthly cap for the respective month. Despite increasing the monthly cap for SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports from $17,500 per month to 4 ‘‘Specialized Quote Feed’’ or ‘‘SQF’’ is an interface that allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. Features include the following: (1) options symbol directory messages (e.g., underlying instruments); (2) System event messages (e.g., start of trading hours messages and start of opening); (3) trading action messages (e.g., halts and resumes); (4) execution messages; (5) quote messages; (6) Immediate-or-Cancel Order messages; (7) risk protection triggers and purge notifications; (8) opening imbalance messages; (9) auction notifications; and (10) auction responses. The SQF Purge Interface only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Immediate-or-Cancel Orders entered into SQF are not subject to the Order Price Protection, Market Order Spread Protection, and Size Limitation Protection in Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(A), (1)(B), and (2)(B) respectively. See Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7. 5 SQF Purge is a specific port for the SQF interface that only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Dedicated SQF Purge Ports enable Market Makers to seamlessly manage their ability to remove their quotes in a swift manner. The SQF Purge Port is designed to assist Market Makers in the management of, and risk control over, their quotes. Market Makers may utilize a purge port to reduce uncertainty and to manage risk by purging all quotes in their assigned options series. Of note, Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Additionally, the SQF Purge Port may be utilized by a Market Maker in the event that the Member has a system issue and determines to purge its quotes from the order book. 6 The Exchange proposes to add a comma between ‘‘per port’’ and ‘‘per month’’ in the Options 7, Section 6, C, SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fee rule text. The Exchange also proposes to remove an extraneous period in Options 7, Section 6, C, in the second paragraph. E:\FR\FM\21DEN1.SGM 21DEN1

Agencies

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

[Federal Register Volume 88, Number 244 (Thursday, December 21, 2023)]
[Notices]
[Pages 88437-88461]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2023-28043]



[[Page 88437]]

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

[Release No. 34-99192; File No. SR-BOX-2023-20]


Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing 
of Amendment No. 2 and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine 
Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by 
Amendment No. 2, To Adopt Rules To Govern FLEX Equity Options and a New 
Order Type To Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor

December 15, 2023.
    On September 1, 2023, BOX Exchange LLC (``Exchange'' or ``BOX'') 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (``Commission''), 
pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
(``Act'') \1\ and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,\2\ a proposed rule change to 
adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which, among other applicable Exchange rules, 
will govern the trading of flexible exchange equity options (``FLEX 
Equity Options'') on the BOX Trading Floor, and make related changes to 
Rules 100 (Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 
(Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The proposed rule 
change was published for comment in the Federal Register on September 
19, 2023.\3\ On September 27, 2023, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the 
Act,\4\ the Commission designated a longer period within which to 
approve the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change, 
or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the 
proposed rule change.\5\ On December 12, 2023, the Exchange submitted 
Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change, which replaced and 
superseded the proposed rule change as originally filed.\6\ The 
Commission is publishing this notice and order to solicit comments on 
the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, from 
interested persons, and to institute proceedings pursuant to Section 
19(b)(2)(B) of the Act \7\ to determine whether to approve or 
disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
    \2\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4.
    \3\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380 (September 13, 
2023), 88 FR 64482 (``Notice''). Comment on the proposed rule change 
can be found at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320.htm.
    \4\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).
    \5\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98568, 86 FR 68237 
(October 3, 2023). The Commission designated December 18, 2023, as 
the date by which the Commission shall approve or disapprove, or 
institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove, 
the proposed rule change.
    \6\ On December 1, 2023, the Exchange submitted Amendment No. 1 
to the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 1 was withdrawn on 
December 12, 2023. Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change 
revised the proposal to: (i) clarifies that FLEX Equity Options may 
not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism 
offered by the Exchange; (ii) clarifies that exercise settlement is 
by physical delivery; (iii) includes a requirement for FLEX Equity 
Option position reporting and margin review; (iv) clarifies the 
trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-
FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) 
of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order; (v) clarifies the 
trading procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-
FLEX Equity Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a 
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the 
position is established; (vi) makes technical changes to the 
location and renumbering of proposed rules; and (vii) makes 
additional clarifying changes to the description of and statutory 
basis for the proposed rule change. Amendment No. 2 is available on 
the Commission's website at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-310739-809082.pdf (``Amendment No. 2'').
    \7\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Description of the Proposed Rule 
Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2 ⁸
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ This Section I and II reproduces Amendment No. 2, as filed 
by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which will 
govern the trading of flexible exchange options (``FLEX Equity 
Options'') on BOX; and (2) make related changes to Rules 100 
(Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition 
of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The text of the proposed rule 
change is available from the principal office of the Exchange, at the 
Commission's Public Reference Room and also on the Exchange's internet 
website at.

II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and 
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

    In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization 
included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the 
proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the 
proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at 
the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization 
has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the 
most significant aspects of such statements.

A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and 
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

1. Purpose
    The Exchange proposes to (1) adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 which will 
govern the trading of flexible exchange options (``FLEX Equity 
Options'') on BOX; and (2) make related changes to Rules 100 
(Definitions), 7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition 
of Fines for Minor Rule Violations). The proposed rule change was 
published in the Federal Register on September 19, 2023 (the ``Original 
Filing'').\9\ The Exchange is proposing Amendment No. 2 to amend and 
replace the Original Filing in its entirety.\10\ This Amendment No. 2 
is being filed to better conform to the FLEX rules of other exchanges 
related to FLEX options position reporting and margin review, and to 
provide more specificity to the proposed rule change.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98380 (September 13, 
2023), 88 FR 64482 (September 19, 2023) (SR-BOX-2023-20) (Notice of 
Filing of Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules to Govern FLEX Equity 
Options and a New Order Type to Trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX 
Trading Floor).
    \10\ The Exchange withdrew Amendment No. 1 on December 12, 2023.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Amendment No. 2
    This Amendment No. 2 makes the following changes to the Original 
Filing: (i) clarifies that FLEX Equity Options may not be traded using 
any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the Exchange; (ii) 
relocates previously proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) to new proposed Rule 
5055(e)(1) and renumbers previously proposed paragraph (e)(1) as 
(e)(2); (iii) renumbers the remaining text of proposed Rule 5055(f) as 
proposed Rule 5055(f)(1), (2), and (3); (iv) amends the title of 
proposed Rule 5055(f); (v) clarifies that exercise settlement is by 
physical delivery; (vi) includes a requirement for FLEX Equity Option 
position reporting and margin review; (vii) clarifies the trading 
procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity 
Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a Complex 
FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order; (viii) clarifies the trading 
procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity 
Option series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or 
Multi-Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the position is established; 
and (ix) makes additional clarifying changes to the description of

[[Page 88438]]

and statutory basis for the proposed rule change.
    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify that FLEX Equity 
Options may not be traded using any other order type or trading 
mechanism offered by the Exchange. The Exchange is proposing this 
change to provide greater clarity on how FLEX Equity Options may be 
traded. The Exchange believes this change is reasonable as it adds more 
clarity to the rule text by emphasizing that FLEX Equity Options shall 
not be traded other than as FOO Orders.
    The Exchange is amending the rule text to relocate currently 
proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) to new proposed Rule 5055(e)(1), renumber 
currently proposed paragraph (e)(1) as (e)(2), and renumber the 
remaining text of proposed Rule 5055(f) as proposed Rules 5055(f)(1), 
(2), and (3). The Exchange believes this change will provide greater 
clarity to the rule text by reorganizing previously proposed text in a 
more readable, understandable, and user-friendly manner. The Exchange 
is also amending the title of proposed Rule 5055(f) to ``Fungibility of 
FLEX Equity Options.'' The Exchange is proposing this change to more 
appropriately reflect the purpose of the section following these 
reorganizational changes.
    The Exchange is amending rule text by adding proposed Rule 
5055(e)(3) to clarify that the exercise settlement of FLEX Equity 
Options shall be by physical delivery of the underlying security. The 
Exchange is proposing this change to provide greater clarity on how 
FLEX Equity Options may be traded and settled. The Exchange believes 
this change is reasonable as it adds more clarity to the rule text by 
specifying that the exercise settlement for FLEX Equity Options shall 
be by physical delivery of the underlying security.
    The Exchange is amending the rule text to include a requirement for 
FLEX Equity Option position reporting and margin review. The Exchange 
is proposing this change to better align the proposed rules with the 
already established rules of other exchanges. The Exchange believes 
this change is reasonable as it conforms the proposed rule with the 
rest of the industry.
    The Exchange is amending the rule text to clarify the trading 
procedures that would apply to close a position if a Non-FLEX Equity 
Option series is added intra-day or on a subsequent trading day for a 
component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order. The 
Exchange is proposing these changes to provide greater clarity on the 
treatment of FLEX Equity Options after the same Non-FLEX Equity Option 
is added. The Exchange believes these changes are reasonable as they 
add more clarity to the rule text on how to close FLEX Equity Option 
positions.
Summary
    The Exchange proposes to adopt rules to govern FLEX Equity Options 
and a new order type to trade FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading 
Floor.\11\ The Exchange also proposes to amend Rules 100 (Definitions), 
7620 (Accommodation Transactions), and 12140 (Imposition of Fines for 
Minor Rule Violations) to reflect the introduction of FLEX Equity 
Option trading on the Exchange. FLEX Equity Options are options with 
flexible terms such that Participants \12\ can customize expiration 
date, exercise price, and exercise style. FLEX Equity Options are 
designed to meet the needs of investors for greater flexibility in 
selecting the terms of options within the parameters of the Exchange's 
proposed rules. FLEX Equity Options are not preestablished for trading 
and are not listed individually for trading on the Exchange. Rather, 
investors select FLEX Equity Option terms and are limited by the 
parameters detailed below in their selection of those terms. As a 
result, FLEX Equity Options allow investors to satisfy more specific, 
individualized investment objectives than may be available to them in 
the standardized options market. Specifically, FLEX Equity Options will 
be subject to proposed Rule 5055 and will be traded as FLEX Open Outcry 
Orders (``FOO Orders'') on the BOX Trading Floor under proposed Rule 
7605. FLEX Equity Options are a type put or call, and allow investors 
to choose an exercise price of any dollar amount in minimum increments 
of $0.01,\13\ an exercise style of American or European,\14\ and an 
expiration date of any month, business day and year no more than 15 
years from the date on which a FLEX Equity Option is executed.\15\ As 
discussed further below, FLEX Equity Options will not be permitted with 
the same terms as an existing Non-FLEX Equity Option listed on the 
Exchange.\16\ Because of their composition, the Exchange believes that 
FLEX Equity Options may allow investors to more closely meet their 
individual investment and hedging objectives by customizing option 
contracts for the purpose of satisfying particular investment 
objectives that could not be met by the standardized markets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ The term ``Trading Floor'' or ``Options Floor'' means the 
physical trading floor of the Exchange located in Chicago. The 
Trading Floor shall consist of one ``Crowd Area'' or ``Pit'' where 
all option classes will be located. The Crowd Area or Pit shall be 
marked with specific visible boundaries on the Trading Floor, as 
determined by the Exchange. A Floor Broker must open outcry an order 
in the Crowd Area. See BOX Rule 100(a)(68).
    \12\ The term ``Participant'' means a firm, or organization that 
is registered with the Exchange pursuant to the Rule 2000 Series for 
purposes of participating in trading on a facility of the Exchange 
and includes an ``Options Participant'' and ``BSTX Participant.'' 
See BOX Rule 100(a)(42).
    \13\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii).
    \14\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv).
    \15\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v).
    \16\ At least one of the following terms must differ between 
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same 
underlying security: Exercise price, Exercise style, and Expiration 
date.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Background
    The Securities and Exchange Commission (``Commission'') approved 
the trading of FLEX options in 1993.\17\ At the time, the Chicago Board 
Options Exchange, Inc., now Cboe Exchange, Inc. (``CBOE'') proposed 
FLEX options based on the Standard and Poor's Corporation 500 and 100 
Stock Indexes (referred to as the ``CBOE Order'' herein).\18\ These 
FLEX options were offered as an alternative to an over-the-counter 
(``OTC'') market in customized equity options.\19\ Several years after 
the initial approval, the Commission approved the trading of additional 
FLEX options on specified equity securities.\20\ In its order, the 
Commission provided: ``The benefits of the Exchanges' options markets 
include, but are not limited to, a centralized market center, an 
auction market with posted transparent market quotations and 
transaction reporting, parameters and procedures for clearance and 
settlement, and the guarantee of the OCC [Options Clearing Corporation] 
for all contracts traded on the Exchange.'' \21\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February 24, 
1993), 58 FR 12280 (March 3, 1993) (SR-CBOE-92-17) (Order Approving 
and Notice of Filing and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to 
Amendment Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 to Proposed Rule Changes by the 
Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc., Relating to Flexible Exchange 
Options (``FLEX Options'')).
    \18\ Id.
    \19\ Id.
    \20\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 14, 
1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-95-24) 
(Order Approving Proposed Rule Changes and Notice of Filing and 
Order Granting Accelerated Approval of Amendments by the Chicago 
Board Options Exchange, Inc. and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc., 
Relating to the Listing of Flexible Exchange Options on Specified 
Equity Securities).
    \21\ Id. The Exchange notes that the Commission found pursuant 
to Rule 9b-1 under the Act, that FLEX Options, including FLEX Equity 
Options, are standardized options for purposes of the options 
disclosure framework established under Rule 9b-1 of the Act. Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE, 
NYSE American LLC (``NYSE American''), NYSE Arca, Inc. (``NYSE Arca''), 
and Nasdaq PHLX LLC

[[Page 88439]]

(``PHLX'').\22\ The Exchange notes further that CBOE offers electronic 
and open outcry FLEX option trading while NYSE American, NYSE Arca, and 
PHLX offer only open outcry trading of FLEX options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ See CBOE Rules 4.20-4.22 and 5.70-5.75 and NYSE American 
Rules 900G-910G and NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O-5.41-O and PHLX Options 
8, Section 34.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In August 2017, the Commission approved the Exchange's proposal to 
adopt rules for an open outcry trading floor.\23\ The Exchange based 
the rules for the BOX Trading Floor on the rules of the options 
exchanges that had established trading floors at that time. When the 
BOX Trading Floor was adopted in 2017, it was the first options trading 
floor to be established since the 1970s.\24\ As such, the BOX Trading 
Floor rules have certain differences to the trading floor rules at the 
other options exchanges, to account for the unique nature of BOX's 
Trading Floor and to modernize the existing trading floor rules and 
surveillance practices. The BOX Trading Floor has been operating since 
2017 and is now well-established. The Exchange believes that its unique 
features for open-outcry trading provide value to Floor Participants. 
The Exchange now proposes to allow for the trading of FLEX Equity 
Options as FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 
2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order 
Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (finding 
that the proposed rule change was consistent with the requirements 
of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a 
national securities exchange).
    \24\ See https://www.optionsplaybook.com/options-introduction/stock-option-history/.
    \25\ The Exchange has received one comment letter in support of 
the proposed rule change. The commenter believes that permitting BOX 
to offer FLEX Equity Options will expand competition and capacity 
and thus drive better execution experiences for the public. See 
Letter from Anish Vora, CEO, FCF Holdings LLC, and Board of 
Directors of NYSE, to the SEC (September 29, 2023) (https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-box-2023-20/srbox202320-638842.htm).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Proposal
    The Exchange proposes to adopt Rule 5055 titled FLEX Equity Options 
which describes and governs FLEX Equity Options. Rule 5055(a) details 
the applicability of other Exchange rules with respect to the proposed 
FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, the trading of FLEX Equity Options 
is subject to all other Rules applicable to the trading of options on 
the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605.\26\ The 
Exchange has conducted a thorough review of its existing Rules to 
ensure that the text of proposed Rule 5055(a) appropriately reflects 
any Rules that (1) would apply to FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX 
Equity Options alike,\27\ and (2) would not apply to FLEX Equity 
Options at all.\28\ As described herein, the only means by which the 
Exchange intends to permit FLEX Equity Options to be traded is via the 
proposed FOO Order type. To the extent the Exchange proposes to adopt 
additional rules for the trading of FLEX Equity Options, including 
electronic trading of FLEX Equity Options, the Exchange would file a 
separate proposed rule change with the Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ See proposed Rule 5055(a). Proposed Rule 5055(a) is based 
on CBOE Rule 5.72(a).
    \27\ See proposed Rule 5055(a). For example, Rules 7010 (Fees 
and Charges), 7020 (Days and Hours of Business), 7030 (Units of 
Trading), and 7080 (Trading Halts) apply to FLEX Equity Options and 
Non-FLEX Equity Options alike.
    \28\ See, for example, infra note 36, explaining that FLEX 
Equity Options may not trade using various order mechanisms designed 
for electronic trading.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The rules proposed by the Exchange are uniquely applicable to FLEX 
Equity Options in order to accommodate their special characteristics. 
For example, the BOX Book \29\ and the Complex Order Book \30\ shall 
not be available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options because, 
consistent with other exchanges' FLEX rules, there will be no pre-
established series \31\ and no electronic trading of FLEX Equity 
Options.\32\ While electronic trading in FLEX options is available on 
CBOE,\33\ the Exchange at this time intends to introduce FLEX Equity 
Options on the Trading Floor only, consistent with other markets that 
trade these customized options solely on their trading floors.\34\ The 
Exchange notes that rules that contemplate the operation of or 
interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book will not apply 
to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity Options may only be 
traded as FOO Orders and FOO Orders may not be placed in the BOX Book 
or the Complex Order Book.\35\ Additionally, the Exchange is proposing 
to codify that Options Exchange Officials have the same duties and 
ability to enforce rules applicable to the trading of FLEX Equity 
Options as they do for all other activity on the Trading Floor.\36\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ The term ``BOX Book'' means the electronic book of orders 
on each single option series maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See 
BOX Rule 100(a)(10).
    \30\ The term ``Complex Order Book'' means the electronic book 
of Complex Orders maintained by the BOX Trading Host. See BOX Rule 
7240(a)(8).
    \31\ See infra note 52.
    \32\ See proposed Rule 5055(a)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(a)(1) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(c).
    \33\ See, e.g., CBOE Rules 5.73 and 5.74.
    \34\ See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(c).
    \35\ The Exchange notes that FLEX Equity Options may not trade 
via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and Solicitation Auctions, or as 
Qualified Contingent Cross (``QCC''), Complex QCC, Customer Cross, 
and Complex Customer Cross Orders. If the Exchange intended to allow 
FLEX Equity Options to trade via the PIP, COPIP, Facilitation and 
Solicitation Auctions, or as (``QCC''), Complex QCC, Customer Cross, 
and Complex Customer Cross Orders, the Exchange would be required to 
file a proposed rule change with the Commission to amend its rules 
to allow for the inclusion of FLEX Equity Options in the relevant 
rule text.
    \36\ See proposed Rule 5055(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    FLEX Equity Options will only be permitted in puts and calls that 
do not have the same exercise style (American or European), same 
expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options that 
are already available for trading on the same underlying security.\37\ 
In addition, once, and if, identical option series are listed for 
trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options, (1) all existing open positions 
established under the FLEX trading procedures shall be fully fungible 
with transactions in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series, and 
(2) any further trading in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity 
Options subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules.\38\ 
Therefore, FOO Orders, whose terms must be different from options that 
are already available for trading, would not be fungible with interest 
resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book. Accordingly, the 
Exchange believes FOO Orders would not be able to trade through 
interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book nor would 
interest resting on the BOX Book or Complex Order Book lose priority to 
FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01.
    \38\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(b) which defines the following 
terms: FLEX Equity Option, Non-FLEX Equity Option, FLEX Market Maker, 
and FLEX Open Outcry Order. Specifically, the term ``FLEX Equity 
Option'' means an option on a specified underlying security that is 
subject to Rule 5055.\39\ ``Non-FLEX Equity Option'' means an option 
contract that is not a FLEX Equity Option.\40\ ``FLEX Open Outcry 
Order'' (``FOO Order'') means a FLEX Equity Option order as defined in

[[Page 88440]]

proposed Rule 7605.\41\ ``FLEX Market Maker'' means a Market Maker that 
is qualified by the Exchange to trade FLEX Equity Options and meets the 
requirements of proposed Rule 5055(k).\42\ The proposed functionality 
for FOO Orders is designed to be similar to the Exchange's existing 
Qualified Open Outcry (``QOO'') Orders because both order types will be 
transacted on the Trading Floor and BOX believes they should follow 
similar procedures, excluding provisions related to the BOX Book, as 
discussed below.\43\ FLEX Equity Options shall not be traded other than 
as FOO Orders.\44\ The Exchange also proposes to specify in proposed 
Rule 5055(b)(3) that, for the avoidance of doubt, FLEX Equity Options 
may not be traded using any other order type or trading mechanism 
offered by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(1). The Exchange notes that 
proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i) provides that FLEX Equity Options on 
underlying securities may be authorized pursuant to Rule 5020.
    \40\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(2). Proposed Rule 5055(b)(2) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(b)(11).
    \41\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3).
    \42\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(4).
    \43\ See BOX Rule 7600. See also Securities Exchange Act Release 
No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-
2016-48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by 
Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading 
Floor).
    \44\ See proposed Rule 5055(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(c) which states that certain 
Exchange rules do not apply to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. 
Specifically, Rule 7600 ``Qualified Open Outcry Orders--Floor 
Crossing'' and Rule 7620 ``Accommodation Transactions'' do not apply to 
transactions in FLEX Equity Options.\45\ These rules represent order 
types that currently apply to Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX 
Trading Floor and are specifically excluded given that the Exchange is 
proposing the FOO Order type to be used exclusively for trading FLEX 
Equity Options. However, the Exchange proposes that certain Rule 7600 
Interpretive Materials apply to FLEX Equity Options; in particular IM-
7600-2 \46\ and IM-7600-5.\47\ IM-7600-2 and IM-7600-5 relate to tied 
hedge orders and to compliance with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act, 
respectively, and will apply to the proposed FOO Orders in the same 
manner as they currently apply to QOO Orders. Because these provisions 
would apply equally to FLEX Equity Options as they do to Non-FLEX 
Equity Options, they need not be duplicated for purposes of the 
proposed rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \45\ See proposed Rule 5055(c). Proposed Rule 5055(c) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(d).
    \46\ BOX IM-7600-2 provides that nothing prohibits a Floor 
Broker from buying or selling a stock, security futures, or futures 
position following receipt of an option order, including a Complex 
Order, provided that prior to announcing such order to the trading 
crowd: (a) the option order is in a class designated as eligible for 
``tied hedge'' transactions (as described below) as determined by 
the Exchange and is within the designated tied hedge eligibility 
size parameters, which parameters shall be determined by the 
Exchange and may not be smaller than 500 contracts per order. 
Additionally, there shall be no aggregation of multiple orders to 
satisfy the size parameter, and for Complex Orders involved in a 
tied hedge transaction at least one leg must meet the minimum size 
requirement; (b) such Floor Broker shall create an electronic record 
that it is engaging in a tied hedge transaction in a form and manner 
prescribed by the Exchange; (c) such hedging position is: (1) 
comprised of a position designated as eligible for a tied hedge 
transaction as determined by the Exchange and may include the same 
underlying stock applicable to the option order, a security future 
overlying the same stock applicable to the option order or, in 
reference to an index or Exchange-Traded Fund Shares (``ETF''), a 
related instrument. A ``related instrument'' means, in reference to 
an index option, securities comprising ten percent or more of the 
component securities in the index or a futures contract on any 
economically equivalent index applicable to the option order. A 
``related instrument'' means, in reference to an ETF option, a 
futures contract on any economically equivalent index applicable to 
the ETF underlying the option order; (2) brought without undue delay 
to the trading crowd and announced concurrently with the option 
order; (3) offered to the trading crowd in its entirety; and (4) 
offered, at the execution price received by the Floor Broker 
introducing the option, to any in-crowd Floor Participant who has 
established parity or priority for the related options; (d) the 
hedging position does not exceed the option order on a delta basis; 
(e) all tied hedge transactions (regardless of whether the option 
order is a simple or Complex Order) are treated the same as Complex 
Orders for purposes of the Exchange's open outcry allocation and 
reporting procedures. Tied hedge transactions are subject to the 
existing NBBO trade-through requirements for options and stock, as 
applicable, and may qualify for various exceptions; however, when 
the option order is a simple order, the execution of the option leg 
of a tied hedge transaction does not qualify for the NBBO trade-
through exception for a Complex Trade (defined in Rule 7610(e)); (f) 
in-crowd Floor Participants that participate in the option 
transaction must also participate in the hedging position and may 
not prevent the option transaction from occurring by giving a 
competing bid or offer for one component of such order; (g) in the 
event the conditions in the non-options market prevents the 
execution of the non-option leg(s) at the agreed prices, the trade 
representing the options leg(s) may be cancelled; and (h) prior to 
entering tied hedge orders on behalf of Customers, the Floor Broker 
must deliver to the Customer a written notification informing the 
Customer that his order may be executed using the Exchange's tied 
hedge procedures. The written notification must disclose the terms 
and conditions contained in this Interpretative Material and be in a 
form approved by the Exchange. See BOX IM-7600-2.
    \47\ BOX IM-7600-5 provides that a Participant shall not utilize 
the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for its own account, the 
account of an associated person, or an account with respect to which 
it or an associated person thereof exercises investment discretion 
by relying on an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Exchange 
Act. See BOX IM-7600-5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(d) which states that FLEX Equity 
Options will have no trading rotations.\48\ Trading rotations are used 
to open or reopen a series of options on BOX at a single price.\49\ 
There is a period of time before the market in the underlying security 
opens during which orders placed on the BOX Book do not generate trade 
executions but may participate in the Opening Match.\50\ FLEX Equity 
Options will not be placed on the BOX Book, and therefore will not have 
trading rotations because there will be no requirement for specific 
FLEX Equity Option series to be quoted or traded each day. FLEX Equity 
Options are created with terms unique to individual investment 
objectives. As such, each investor may require FLEX Equity Options with 
slightly different terms than those already created. These individually 
defined FLEX Equity Options are customized for each investor and 
therefore trading rotations may not be useful for other investors who 
may create their own FLEX Equity Options because trading rotations are 
designed, in part, to determine a single opening, or reopening, price 
based on orders and quotes from multiple Participants. With the bespoke 
nature of FLEX Equity Options there is not the opportunity, nor need, 
to bring together multiple orders and quotes as part of a trading 
rotation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ See proposed Rule 5055(d). Proposed Rule 5055(d) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.31-O(b).
    \49\ See BOX Rules 7070(e)(2) and (l).
    \50\ See BOX Rules 7070(a) and (e). The Exchange notes that 
trading rotations are referred to in BOX Rule 7070(e) as the Opening 
Match.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Further, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(e) which provides that 
FLEX Equity Options will not be preestablished for trading and, 
provided the options on an underlying security are otherwise eligible 
for FLEX trading, FLEX Equity Options shall be permitted in puts and 
calls that do not have the same exercise style, same expiration date, 
and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are already 
available for trading on the same underlying security. Proposed Rule 
5055(e) further provides that FLEX Equity Options must include one of 
each of the terms of a FLEX Equity Option that are described in the 
proposed Rule.\51\ Specifically, (i) the Exchange may authorize for 
trading a FLEX Equity Option class on any underlying security if it may 
authorize trading a Non-FLEX Equity Option class on that underlying 
security pursuant to Rule 5020,\52\ and that has Non-FLEX Equity 
Options on such security listed

[[Page 88441]]

and traded on at least one national securities exchange, even if the 
Exchange does not list that Non-FLEX Equity Option class for trading; 
\53\ (ii) the option type may be put or call; \54\ (iii) the exercise 
price may be any dollar amount in minimum increments of $0.01; \55\ 
(iv) the exercise style may be American or European; \56\ and (v) the 
expiration date may be any business day (specified to the day, month, 
and year) no more than 15 years from the date of the FLEX Equity Option 
transaction.\57\ A FLEX Equity Option order may be submitted on any 
trading day, including the expiration date.\58\ Additionally, the 
exercise settlement of FLEX Equity Options shall be by physical 
delivery of the underlying security.\59\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ Proposed Rule 5055(e) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O. 
The Exchange notes that it is not proposing FLEX Index Options and 
thus has not incorporated applicable provisions as Index Options do 
not trade on BOX.
    \52\ Rule 5020 provides criteria for the listing of options on 
several different underlying types of securities, including 
securities registered with the SEC under Regulation NMS of the Act 
(``NMS stock''), Exchange-Traded Fund Shares, and Index-Linked 
Securities. See BOX Rule 5020.
    \53\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(i). Proposed Rule 
5055(e)(2)(i) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(1).
    \54\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(ii). Proposed Rule 
5055(e)(2)(ii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(b)(2).
    \55\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iii). Proposed Rule 
5055(e)(2)(iii) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(2) (exercise 
prices and premiums may be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount; 
(ii) a method for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or 
FLEX Order is traded; or (iii) a percentage of the price of the 
underlying security at the time of the trade or as of the close of 
trading on the NYSE Arca on the trade date). The Exchange notes that 
the proposal only includes exercise, bid, and offer prices in terms 
of a dollar amount.
    \56\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(iv). Proposed Rule 
5055(e)(2)(iv) is based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(b)(3).
    \57\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v). Proposed Rule 
5055(e)(2)(v) is based on NYSE Arca Rules 5.32-O(b)(4) and (6). The 
Exchange notes that it has omitted the exception for FLEX Index 
Options because BOX does not list FLEX Index Options and FLEX Index 
Options are not part of this proposal.
    \58\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a). It is the Exchange's 
understanding from conversations with the Options Clearing 
Corporation (``OCC'') that the OCC is able to process FLEX 
transactions that occur on the expiration date. The Exchange notes 
that NYSE Arca's rules do not contain a similar provision. However, 
the Exchange believes, based on Participant feedback, that FLEX 
Option orders on NYSE ARCA are allowed on the expiration date. The 
Exchange notes that the exercise of options contracts is governed by 
the Rule 9000 series including exercise cut-off times and contrary 
exercise advices. The Exchange also notes that, in another context, 
new series may be listed the day they expire. Specifically, Short 
Term Option Series may be added up to and including on the Short 
Term Option Expiration Date for that options series. See BOX IM-
5050-6(b)(4).
    \59\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(3). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(3) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(3)(i). The Exchange notes that 
NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(3)(i) includes references to Exchange-
Traded Fund Shares and FLEX ByRDs that the Exchange is not including 
because the Exchange believes it is not necessary to specifically 
reference Exchange-Traded Fund Shares as they are included under the 
term underlying security. Additionally, the Exchange notes that FLEX 
ByRDs are not being proposed on the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Next, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(f) titled Fungibility of FLEX 
Equity Options. Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1), described above, limits FLEX 
Equity Option terms such that options on an underlying security 
otherwise eligible for FLEX trading will only be permitted in puts and 
calls that do not have the same exercise style (American or European), 
same expiration date and same exercise price as Non-FLEX Equity Options 
that are already available for trading on the same underlying 
security.\60\ Notwithstanding the foregoing, FLEX Equity Options that 
may in the future have the same terms as Non-FLEX Equity Options will 
be permitted before the options are listed for trading as Non-FLEX 
Equity Options. Once and if the identical option series are listed for 
trading as Non-FLEX Equity Options: (i) all existing open positions 
established under the FLEX trading procedures shall be fully fungible 
with transactions in the respective Non-FLEX Equity Option series,\61\ 
and (ii) any further trading in the series would be as Non-FLEX Equity 
Options subject to the non-FLEX trading procedures and rules,\62\ in 
addition to any other rules that apply to Non-FLEX Equity Options.\63\ 
In the event a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day, the 
holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the 
FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to close such position under 
the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity 
Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the series 
is added.\64\ In the event the Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added 
on a trading day after the position is established, the holder or 
writer of a FLEX Equity Option position established under the FLEX 
trading procedures would be permitted to close such position as a non-
FLEX transaction consistent with the requirements of Rule 5055(f)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01. The Exchanges notes 
that its system enforces the requirement that a FLEX Equity Option 
does not have the same exercise style (American or European), same 
expiration date and same exercise price as a Non-FLEX Equity Option 
that is already available for trading on the same underlying 
security. Specifically, the system will reject an order in a FLEX 
Equity Option if the order is received with the same exercise style 
(American or European), same expiration date and same exercise price 
as a Non-FLEX Equity Option that is already available for trading on 
the same underlying security on the Exchange.
    \61\ An open position resulting from a transaction on the 
Exchange becomes fungible post-trade and is separate from the 
execution occurring on the Exchange. For example, assume a 
Participant buys one (1) American style AAPL call option expiring on 
October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150, which is a FLEX series 
because there is no standard option listed with those same terms. 
Now assume, while holding this position, a standard option with the 
same terms is listed (American style AAPL call option expiring on 
October 9, 2024, with a strike price of 150). After this standard 
option is listed, the Participant purchases one (1) contract in this 
non-FLEX option series. After this second transaction, the 
Participant will have an open position of two (2) contracts in the 
standard AAPL call expiring on October 9, 2024, with a 150 strike 
price.
    \62\ This includes all priority and trade-through requirements 
on the Exchange (see, e.g., Rule 7130).
    \63\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(1) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01. The Exchange notes 
that FLEX Equity Options previously traded as part of a Complex FOO 
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order where the respective Non-FLEX Equity 
Option series is later listed may not be traded as part of a Complex 
FOO Order or Multi-leg FOO Order except as provided in proposed 
Rules 5055(f)(2) and 7605(d)(3) and (4) once such Non-FLEX Equity 
Option series has been listed on the Exchange. See proposed Rules 
7605(d)(1), (3) and (4). For example, assume a Participant executes 
a Complex FOO Order to buy strategy A + B where A and B are both 
FLEX Equity Option series. Now assume that prior to the opening on 
the next trading day, a Non-FLEX Equity Option series with the same 
terms (underlying security, type, exercise price, exercise style, 
and expiration date) as A has been listed on the Exchange. If the 
Participant decided to close out their open position in strategy A + 
B, it would need to be done as two separate orders for the component 
legs of the original order: (i) selling B, a FLEX Equity Option, by 
submitting a FOO Order, and (ii) selling the corresponding Non-FLEX 
Equity Option series that has the same terms as A because A has 
become fungible with the Non-FLEX Equity Option series with the 
identical terms. Trading in A would be subject to the non-FLEX 
trading procedures and rules. See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1).
    \64\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). Proposed Rule 5055(f)(2) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01. The Exchange notes 
that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders, discussed below, 
may be traded with one or more closing only component legs. The 
Exchange notes that proposed Rule 5055(f) differs from NYSE Arca 
Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01 in that it includes proposed Rules 
5055(f)(2) and (3), which detail the interaction between proposed 
Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(g) which states that the minimum 
quoting and trading increment for FLEX Equity Option contracts traded 
on BOX will be one cent ($0.01) for all series.\65\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \65\ See proposed Rule 5055(g). Proposed Rule 5055(g) is based 
on CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes that minimum increments 
in percentage terms have been omitted because they are not part of 
this proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(h) which states that FLEX Equity 
Options will be subject to the exercise by exception provisions of Rule 
805 of the OCC, titled Expiration Exercise Procedure.\66\ Rule 805 
provides provisions for the automatic exercise of certain options upon 
expiration.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \66\ See proposed Rule 5055(h). Proposed Rule 5055(h) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(i) which details position limits 
for FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, 5055(i)(1) states that FLEX 
Equity Options will not be subject to position limits, except as long 
as the options positions remain open, positions in FLEX Equity Options 
that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated with

[[Page 88442]]

positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying security 
and shall be subject to the position and exercise limits set forth in 
this proposed rule, and in the current BOX rules.\67\ Positions in FLEX 
Equity Options shall not be taken into account when calculating 
position limits for Non-FLEX Equity Options, other than for positions 
in FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month, as 
discussed below.\68\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \67\ See BOX Rules 3120 (Position Limits) and 3140 (Exercise 
Limits). The Exchange notes that Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg 
FOO Orders when executed result in position changes for the 
individual component legs of the transaction based on the 
composition of the Complex or Multi-Leg FOO Order.
    \68\ See proposed Rule 5055(i). Proposed Rule 5055(i) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii) and (b). The Exchange notes that 
Index Options and Binary Return Derivatives (``ByRDs'') are not 
traded on BOX and therefore FLEX Index Options and FLEX ByRDs will 
not be traded on BOX and are not included in proposed Rule 5055(i). 
See also CBOE Rule 8.35 and NYSE American Rule 906G and PHLX Options 
8, Section 34(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes that rather than be subject to FLEX position 
limits, each Participant (other than a Market Maker) that maintains a 
position on the same side of the market in excess of the standard 
position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same class on behalf 
of its own account or for the account of a customer shall report 
information on the FLEX Equity Option position, positions in any 
related instrument, the purpose or strategy for the position and the 
collateral used by the account. This report shall be in the form and 
manner prescribed by the Exchange. In addition, whenever the Exchange 
determines that a higher margin requirement is necessary in light of 
the risks associated with a FLEX Equity Option position in excess of 
the standard position limit for Non-FLEX Equity Options of the same 
class, the Exchange may, pursuant to its authority under Rule 10130(b), 
consider imposing additional margin upon the account maintaining such 
under-hedged position. Additionally, it should be noted that the 
clearing firm carrying the account will be subject to capital charges 
under Rule 15c3-1 under the Act \69\ to the extent of any margin 
deficiency resulting from the higher margin requirement.\70\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ See 17 CFR 240.15c3-1.
    \70\ See proposed Rule 5055(i)(1). Proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) is 
based on NYSE Arca Rule 5.35-O(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(j) which governs exercise limits 
for FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(j) states 
that exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options shall be equivalent to the 
position limits established in this proposal; accordingly, there shall 
be no exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options.\71\ FLEX Equity Options 
will not be taken into account when calculating exercise limits for 
Non-FLEX Equity Options, except that as long as the option positions 
remain open, positions in FLEX Equity Options which expire on a third 
Friday-of-the-month shall be aggregated with positions in Non-FLEX 
Equity Options on the same underlying security and will be subject to 
Non-FLEX Equity Option exercise limits as applicable.\72\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \71\ See proposed Rule 5055(j). Proposed Rule 5055(j) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.36-O. See also proposed Rule 5055(i).
    \72\ See proposed Rule 5055(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes Rule 5055(k) which details the Letter of 
Guarantee required for Market Makers to trade FLEX Equity Options. 
Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(k) states that no Market Maker shall 
effect any transaction in FLEX Equity Options unless a Letter of 
Guarantee has been issued by a clearing member organization and filed 
with the Exchange pursuant to Rule 8070 specifically accepting 
financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made 
by such Market Maker and such letter has not been revoked under Rule 
8070(c).\73\ A Letter of Guarantee will be required for a Market Maker 
to be qualified to trade FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ See proposed Rule 5055(k). Proposed Rule 5055(k) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(a). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE 
Arca allows an existing Letter of Guarantee to be amended 
specifically to include FLEX transactions upon approval by the OCC, 
the Exchange's proposal does not include such a provision because 
the Exchange will require a separate Letter of Guarantee. The 
Exchange notes that a Market Maker's Letter of Guarantee will remain 
effective until a revocation is received by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Similarly, the Exchange proposes Rule 5055(l), which provides that 
no Floor Broker \74\ shall effect any transaction in FLEX Equity 
Options unless a Letter of Authorization has been issued by a clearing 
member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting 
responsibility for the clearance of FLEX Equity Option transactions of 
the Floor Broker, and that such letter will remain in effect until a 
written revocation is received by the Exchange.\75\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \74\ A Floor Broker is an individual who is registered with the 
Exchange for the purpose, while on the Trading Floor, of accepting 
and handling options orders. A Floor Broker must be registered as an 
Options Participant prior to registering as a Floor Broker. See BOX 
Rule 7540.
    \75\ See proposed Rule 5055(l). Proposed Rule 5055(l) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b). The Exchange notes that, while NYSE 
Arca allows an existing Letter of Authorization to be amended 
specifically to include FLEX transactions upon approval by the OCC, 
the Exchange's proposal does not include such a provision because 
the Exchange will require a separate Letter of Authorization. The 
Exchange notes that a Floor Broker's Letter of Authorization will 
remain effective until a written revocation is received by the 
Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLEX Open Outcry (``FOO'') Orders
    The Exchange proposes to introduce a new order type to facilitate 
FLEX Equity Option transactions on the BOX Trading Floor. Specifically, 
the Exchange proposes to adopt a FOO Order type and to model it after a 
current order type on the Trading Floor--QOO Orders.\76\ Trading FLEX 
options on an exchange floor in a similar manner as non-FLEX options is 
consistent with how FLEX orders are traded on another exchange.\77\ FOO 
Orders must consist of options with terms as defined in proposed Rule 
5055. Further, FOO Orders are limited solely to FLEX Equity 
Options.\78\ FOO Orders are limited solely to the BOX Trading Floor and 
may be entered only by Floor Brokers.\79\ Floor Brokers must also be 
registered under Rule 7550. Prior to the announcement of such FOO 
Orders in the trading crowd, Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders 
pursuant to Rule 7580(e)(1).\80\ FOO Orders may be traded by FLEX 
Market Makers, which must be registered under Rule 8000 and must be 
Floor Market Makers in good standing under Rule 8500.\81\ FLEX Market 
Makers will be subject to Rule 8510, including provisions for the 
course and conduct of dealings, class assignments, and option priority 
and parity, unless otherwise specified in proposed Rule 7605. The 
Exchange shall qualify at least three

[[Page 88443]]

FLEX Market Makers in accordance with a FLEX-specific qualification 
process prescribed by the Exchange to perform as Market Makers in FLEX 
Equity Options on the Trading Floor.\82\ The Exchange notes that each 
FLEX Market Maker will be qualified for all classes of FLEX Equity 
Options. Additionally, a Floor Broker shall ascertain that at least one 
FLEX Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing an 
order for execution.\83\ The Exchange notes that the Commission 
provided in its order approving the BOX Trading Floor that this 
requirement, among others, is designed to increase the opportunities 
for another Floor Participant to compete to interact with the orders on 
the Trading Floor.\84\ For FLEX Equity Options, this means that at 
least one of the FLEX Market Makers, out of the at least three required 
to be qualified by the Exchange, is present in the Crowd Area when the 
FOO Order is announced.\85\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \76\ See proposed Rule 7605. See also Securities Exchange Act 
Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) 
(SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as 
Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-
Outcry Trading Floor) (finding that the proposed rule change was 
consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and 
regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities 
exchange).
    \77\ CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented and executed in 
the same manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The 
Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) also contains provisions that 
limit the priority rules applicable to FLEX Orders. Id. at 
5.72(d)(2) and (3).
    \78\ See proposed Rule 7605(a).
    \79\ See proposed Rule 7605(b). Proposed Rule 7605(b) is based 
on BOX Rules 7600(a)(2) and (3) and NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b). 
Additionally, the Exchange is proposing to add a statement 
clarifying that Floor Brokers must record all FOO Orders pursuant to 
Rule 7580(e)(1) prior to the announcement of such FOO Orders, which 
is the requirement for all orders on the Trading Floor.
    \80\ BOX Rule 7580(e)(1) outlines the requirements for a Floor 
Broker to record and systematize any orders prior to announcement of 
such order in the trading crowd.
    \81\ See proposed Rule 7605(c). Proposed rule 7605(c) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rules 5.37-O(a) and 5.41-O(a). The Exchange notes that, 
while NYSE Arca requires at least three FLEX Qualified Market Makers 
per class, the Exchange's proposal does not qualify FLEX Market 
Makers per class.
    \82\ Id. FLEX Market Maker qualification will include an 
examination requiring knowledge of FLEX Equity Options, including 
FLEX Equity Option terms, FLEX Market Maker qualification 
requirements, FLEX Market Maker quoting obligations, and FOO Order 
trading procedures.
    \83\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(3) is 
similar to BOX Rule 7580(a), which applies to QOO Orders on the 
Trading Floor and requires a Floor Broker to ascertain that at least 
one Floor Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to 
announcing an order for execution.
    \84\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 
2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order 
Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor).
    \85\ The Exchange notes that the requirement to have at least 
three qualified FLEX Market Makers is a baseline that must be met in 
order for any FLEX Equity Option to be traded on the Trading Floor. 
The requirement that at least one FLEX Market Maker be present when 
an FOO Order is announced is an additional order-by-order 
requirement that promotes order competition and is the same 
requirement for QOO Orders currently.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    On the BOX Trading Floor today, a Floor Broker may bring an 
unmatched order to the Trading Floor in order to seek liquidity. The 
Floor Broker may announce the unmatched order (i.e., the initiating 
side of a QOO Order) to the trading crowd in an attempt to source the 
contra-side. After finding sufficient quantity to match the initiating 
side pursuant to Rules 7580(e)(2) and 7600(b), the Floor Broker is then 
able to submit a two-sided QOO Order to the BOG \86\ as required.\87\ 
Floor Brokers may also enter single-sided orders into the BOX Book 
using BOX's electronic interface. Specifically, a Floor Broker may 
receive a matched or unmatched order via a telephone call on the 
Trading Floor \88\ or may have the matched or unmatched order sent 
electronically to the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism on the 
Trading Floor prior to submitting the QOO Order to the BOG. Similar to 
how QOO Orders are introduced on the Trading Floor today, FOO Orders 
may be brought to the floor as matched or unmatched orders with a Floor 
Broker receiving the matched or unmatched order via the same methods 
that Floor Brokers receive them currently on the Trading Floor.\89\ The 
Exchange again notes that trading FLEX options on an exchange floor in 
a similar manner as non-FLEX options is consistent with how FLEX orders 
are traded on another exchange.\90\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \86\ The BOX Order Gateway (``BOG'') is a component of the 
Trading Host which enables Floor Brokers and/or their employees to 
enter transactions on the Trading Floor. See BOX Rule 100(b)(2).
    \87\ See BOX IM-7600-4.
    \88\ When a Floor Broker receives an order, matched or 
unmatched, via telephone, the Floor Broker must enter the order 
electronically into the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism.
    \89\ See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 
18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23666 (May 23, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) 
(Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to 
Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (``[A] Floor Broker 
may receive a matched or unmatched order via a telephone call on the 
Trading Floor or may have the matched or unmatched order sent 
electronically to the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism on the 
Trading Floor . . . .'').
    \90\ CBOE allows a FLEX Order to be represented and executed in 
a similar manner as a non-FLEX Order. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The 
Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 5.72(d) also contains provisions that 
limit the priority rules applicable to FLEX Orders. Id. at 
5.72(d)(2) and (3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Next, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(d), FOO Orders may be Complex 
Orders (``Complex FOO Order'') or Multi-Leg Orders (``Multi-Leg FOO 
Order'') as defined in Rules 7240(a)(7) and (10) with no more than the 
applicable number of legs, as determined by the Exchange and 
communicated to Participants,\91\ including tied hedge orders as 
defined in IM-7600-2.\92\ However, the priority provisions of Rules 
7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO 
Orders because there will be no Complex Order Book for such orders, nor 
will there be a BOX Book for the individual FLEX Equity Option 
components of the Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders.\93\ Each 
option leg of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must be for a 
FLEX Equity Option series with the same underlying security and must 
have the same exercise style (American or European).\94\ If a Non-FLEX 
Equity Option series is added intra-day for a component leg(s) of a 
Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the holder or writer of a 
position in the component leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order 
or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be permitted to close its position(s) 
under the FLEX trading procedures against another closing only FLEX 
Equity Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the 
Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option 
series is added for a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-
Leg FOO Order on a trading day after the position is established, the 
holder or writer of a position in the component leg(s) resulting from 
such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be required to 
execute separate FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option 
transactions to close its position(s), such that FLEX Equity Option 
component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX trading procedures and Non-
FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the non-FLEX 
trading procedures and rules.\95\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \91\ The Exchange notes that this process is the same as current 
Rule 7600(a)(4) for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor. See BOX 
Informational Circular 2022-18 (June 7, 2022), https://boxoptions.com/assets/IC-2022-18-Upcoming-Enhancements-to-Complex-Orders.pdf (providing that the maximum number of legs for Complex 
Orders is currently 16). A separate notice will be issued for 
Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders.
    \92\ The Exchange notes that tied hedge orders may not be 
smaller than 500 contracts per order. See BOX IM-7600-2(a).
    \93\ The Exchange notes that, as with a simple FOO Order, the 
priority and allocation rules applicable to Complex FOO Orders and 
Multi-Leg FOO Orders are in proposed Rules 7605(i) (allocation of 
the initiating side of a FOO Order against the contra-side of the 
FOO Order and interest from the Trading Crowd) and (k) (Floor Broker 
guarantee when crossing orders) and current Rule 7610 (priority 
among Floor Participants in the Trading Crowd).
    \94\ See proposed Rule 7605(d). Proposed Rule 7605(d) is based 
on CBOE Rules 1.1 (definition of ``Complex Order'') and 5.70(b) and 
BOX Rule 7600(a)(4). The Exchange does not reference FLEX Index 
Options or related attributes because Index Options are not traded 
on BOX and FLEX Index Options are not proposed herein.
    \95\ See Proposed Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4). The Exchange is 
proposing Rules 7605(d)(3) and (4) to clarify the treatment of 
Complex FOO Orders and Multi-Leg FOO Orders when a Non-FLEX Equity 
Option is subsequently listed for a component leg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Announcement, Representation, and Execution of a FOO Order
    The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(e) which details announcement and 
representation of FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor that is 
consistent with the current Trading Floor requirements.\96\ 
Specifically, the

[[Page 88444]]

Exchange proposes that all FOO Orders must be represented to the 
trading crowd as provided in Rule 7580(e)(2) \97\ prior to submitting 
the agency FOO Order as part of a two-sided order to the Trading Host. 
The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers may bring unmatched orders (i.e., 
the initiating side of a FOO Order) to the Trading Floor in order to 
seek a contra-side. Once a contra-side is sourced, the Floor Broker 
shall submit the two-sided FOO Order to the BOG.\98\ When a Floor 
Broker submits a FOO Order for execution, the order will be executed in 
accordance with the proposed rules. A FOO Order on the Exchange is not 
deemed executed until it is processed by the Trading Host. All 
transactions occurring from the Trading Floor must be processed by the 
Trading Host. Floor Brokers are responsible for handling all orders in 
accordance with Exchange priority rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \96\ Proposed Rule 7605(e) is based on BOX Rules 7600(a), 
(a)(1), (b) and (c). The Exchange notes that the QOO Order 
provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, 
book sweep, the Complex Order Book, auctions, and away routing have 
been omitted because there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex 
Order Book, no electronic auctions, and no book sweep for FOO 
Orders. See BOX Rules 7600(c)-(e) and (h). A book sweep is the 
number of contracts, if any, of the initiating side of a QOO Order 
that the Floor Broker is willing to relinquish to orders and quotes 
on the BOX Book that have priority pursuant to Rules 7600(d)(1) and 
(2). See BOX Rule 7600(h). Book sweeps will not apply to FOO Orders. 
As provided in proposed Rules 5055(e)(1) and (f)(1), FOO Orders must 
have different terms from orders on the BOX Book and, therefore, 
could not execute against interest on the BOX Book. For the same 
reason, the Complex Order priority provisions in Rules 7240(b)(2) 
and (3), which address the priority of Complex Orders and interest 
on the BOX Book, do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or Multi-Leg FOO 
Orders. See proposed Rule 7605(d). The priority and allocation of 
FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and 
current Rule 7610. See supra note 94. The Exchange also notes that 
proposed Rule 7605(e) requires that Floor Brokers announcing a FOO 
Order give Floor Participants a reasonable amount of time to 
respond, as provided in Rule 100(b)(5). Proposed Rule 7605(e) 
further provides that the Exchange shall establish, and announce via 
Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of time that qualifies as a 
reasonable amount of time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor 
Participants to respond, which must be between three seconds and 
five minutes. This differs from current Rule 7600(c), which simply 
states that Floor Brokers must allow adequate time for Floor 
Participants to participate in the transaction as provided in Rule 
100(b)(5).
    \97\ BOX Rule 7580(e)(2) provides that ``A Floor Broker must 
announce an agency order that he is representing to the trading 
crowd before submitting the order to the BOG for execution. This 
announcement must take place whether the Floor Broker is 
representing a single-sided order and soliciting contra-side 
interest, or the Floor Broker has sufficient interest to match 
against the agency order already. If a Floor Broker is holding two 
agency orders, he will choose which order is the initiating side.''
    \98\ See proposed IM-7605-1. Proposed IM-7605-1 is based on IM-
7600-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There will be an initiating side and a contra-side of a FOO Order. 
The initiating side is the order which must be filled in its entirety. 
The contra-side must guarantee the full size of the initiating side of 
the FOO Order and can be composed of multiple firms. When the Floor 
Broker is soliciting interest from the trading crowd when the 
initiating side was announced or to the extent the trading crowd offers 
a better price, the contra-side will be the solicited interest from the 
trading crowd.\99\ If the Floor Broker had sufficient interest to match 
against the initiating side when the initiating side was announced, 
such Floor Broker interest will be the contra-side to the initiating 
side. If Floor Participants \100\ responded with interest to the 
initiating side where the Floor Broker provided sufficient interest to 
match against the initiating side, the Floor Broker will allocate the 
initiating side of the FOO Order pursuant to proposed Rule 
7605(i).\101\ The Exchange notes that this negotiation and agreement 
that occurs in the trading crowd does not result in a final trade, but 
rather a ``meeting of the minds'' that is then submitted through the 
BOG for execution. Consistent with current Trading Floor operations, 
all FOO Orders must be announced to the trading crowd, as provided in 
Rule 7580(e)(2), prior to the FOO Order being submitted to the 
BOG.\102\ An Options Exchange Official will certify that the Floor 
Broker adequately announced the FOO Order to the trading crowd.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \99\ The Exchange notes that priority of bids and offers from 
Floor Participants in the trading crowd is determined by Rule 7610.
    \100\ The term ``Floor Participant'' means Floor Brokers as 
defined in Rule 7540 and Floor Market Makers as defined in Rule 
8510(b). See BOX Rule 100(a)(26).
    \101\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(1). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(1) is 
based on BOX Rule 7600(a)(1). The Exchange notes that provisions 
related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, book sweep, 
and the Complex Order Book have been omitted because there will be 
no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, and no book sweep for 
FOO Orders. See supra note 97. The priority and allocation of FOO 
Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and 
current Rule 7610. See supra note 94.
    \102\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). Proposed Rule 7605(e)(2) is 
based on BOX Rules 7600(b) and (c). The Exchange notes that 
provisions related to market conditions, the NBBO, the BOX Book, 
book sweep, and the Complex Order Book have been omitted because 
there will be no NBBO, no BOX Book, no Complex Order Book, and no 
book sweep for FOO Orders. See supra note 97. The priority and 
allocation of FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 
7605(i) and (k) and current Rule 7610. See supra note 94.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The FOO Order is not deemed executed until it is processed by the 
Trading Host. Once the Floor Broker submits the FOO Order to the BOG 
there will be no opportunity for the submitting Floor Broker,\103\ or 
anyone else, to alter the terms of the FOO Order. After announcing the 
FOO Order to the trading crowd, the Floor Broker must submit the FOO 
Order to the BOG for processing by the Trading Host without undue 
delay, provided that the executing Floor Broker must give Floor 
Participants a reasonable amount of time to respond, as provided in 
Rule 100(b)(5). Additionally, the Exchange shall establish, and 
announce via Regulatory notice, a minimum period of time (which amount 
of time must be between three seconds and five minutes) that qualifies 
as a reasonable amount of time for responses under proposed Rule 
7605(e)(2). Such threshold will constitute the minimum possible time 
that a Floor Broker must give to the trading crowd to respond to a FOO 
Order; however, based on the characteristics and circumstances of each 
specific FOO Order, a reasonable amount of time, as provided in Rule 
100(b)(5), may require a response interval longer than the minimum 
threshold. An Options Exchange Official may not waive the minimum 
threshold established by the Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \103\ The Exchange notes that trades may be allocated as 
provided in proposed Rule 7605(j). The Exchange notes further that 
the Exchange may nullify a transaction or adjust the execution price 
of a transaction in accordance with Rule 7170 (Nullification and 
Adjustment of Options Transactions including Obvious Errors). See 
also BOX Rule 7640(b) (relating to trading disputes and adjustment 
or nullification of transactions on the Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that the proposed floor interaction practice is 
consistent with the process in BOX Rule 7600 for QOO Orders on the BOX 
Trading Floor where the main differences are that FOO Orders will not 
be eligible for the BOX Book or the Complex Order Book, there is no 
NBBO, and that Floor Brokers must allow Floor Participants a minimum 
period of time (which amount of time must be between three seconds and 
five minutes) that qualifies as a reasonable amount of time that a 
Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders. 
Consistent with QOO Orders, a FOO Order is not deemed executed until it 
is processed by the Trading Host.\104\ The Exchange notes that a 
reasonable amount of time for Floor Participants to respond to a FOO 
Order, the same as a QOO Order, will be interpreted on a case-by-case 
basis by an Options Exchange Official based on current market 
conditions and trading activity on the Trading Floor, provided, for FOO 
Orders, the minimum threshold discussed above must be satisfied.\105\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \104\ See proposed Rule 7605(e).
    \105\ See BOX Rule 100(b)(5). The Exchange notes that an Options 
Exchange Official takes into account various factors including 
complexity of the trade, general prevailing market conditions, and 
activity on the Trading Floor at the time the order is announced.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 88445]]

    The Exchange proposes Rule 7605(f) which states that the minimum 
size for FLEX Equity Options transactions and quotations shall be one 
(1) contract.\106\ The Exchange also proposes Rule 7605(g) which states 
that there are no maximum differences between the bid and the offer for 
FLEX Equity Option quotes.\107\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \106\ See proposed Rule 7605(f). Proposed Rule 7605(f) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(b)(7).
    \107\ See proposed Rule 7605(g). Proposed Rule 7605(g) is based 
on NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d). The Exchange notes that it has omitted 
the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d), which provides FLEX 
Appointed Market Makers need not provide continuous FLEX Quotes and 
the Exchange has included the second part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-
O(d), which provides FLEX Appointed Market Makers need not quote a 
minimum bid-offer spread in FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange has 
omitted the first part of NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d) because, pursuant 
to proposed Rule 7605(h), the Exchange is instead proposing that 
FLEX Market Makers be obligated to quote FLEX Equity Options in 
response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options 
Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market, which the 
Exchange believes will promote a robust and competitive market for 
FOO Orders on the Trading Floor and facilitate a fair and orderly 
market for the trading of FLEX Equity Options on the Exchange. The 
Exchange further notes that on NYSE Arca, FLEX Appointed Market 
Makers are appointed in classes of FLEX Index Options. FLEX 
Qualified Market Makers are appointed in FLEX Equity Options on NYSE 
Arca. Further, FLEX Appointed Market Makers have an obligation to 
enter a quote in response to a request for quote in a FLEX Index 
Option while FLEX Qualified Market Makers do not have a similar 
obligation for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that this 
distinction is the reason why NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(d) only 
specifically exempts FLEX Appointed Market Makers from quoting with 
a minimum bid-offer spread since they are the only FLEX market 
makers with the requirement to respond to a request for quote. 
Similarly, the Exchange is proposing that there be no maximum 
differences between the bid and offer for FLEX Equity Option quotes 
that, pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), a FLEX Market Maker is 
required to provide in response to a request for quote by a Floor 
Broker or Options Exchange Official.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX Market Makers have an 
obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for 
quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a 
two-sided market.\108\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \108\ See proposed Rule 7605(h). Proposed Rule 7605(h) is based 
on BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed Rule 
7605(h) does not include the provisions of current Rule 8510(c)(2) 
related to quote spread parameter requirements and quotation sizes, 
which requirements are provided separately in proposed Rules 7605(f) 
and (g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Allocation of FOO Orders
    Next, the Exchange proposes Rule 7605(i) which details the 
allocation process for FOO Orders. Specifically, the FOO Order will be 
matched by the Trading Host against the contra-side of the FOO Order, 
regardless of whether the contra-side order submitted by the Floor 
Broker is ultimately entitled to receive an allocation pursuant to 
proposed Rules 7605(i)(1)-(2). If no Floor Participant, other than the 
executing Floor Broker, is entitled to an allocation, then no further 
steps are necessary. If however, Floor Participants are entitled to an 
allocation, the remaining balance of the initiating side of the FOO 
Order will be allocated as described below.\109\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \109\ See proposed Rule 7605(i). Proposed Rule 7605(i) is based 
on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3). The Exchange notes that provisions of BOX 
Rules 7600(d)(1)-(2) were omitted from proposed Rule 7605(i) because 
those provisions are related to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable 
to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    First, if the FOO Order satisfies the provisions of proposed Rule 
7605(k), discussed below, the executing Floor Broker is entitled to 40% 
of the remaining quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order.\110\ 
Next, FLEX Market Makers that respond with interest when the Floor 
Broker announces the FOO Order to the trading crowd, as outlined in 
Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 7605(e), are allocated.\111\ When 
multiple Floor Participants respond with interest, priority in the 
Trading Crowd is established pursuant to Rule 7610.\112\ Last, if 
interest remains after Floor Participants that responded with interest 
receive their allocation, the remaining quantity of the initiating side 
of the FOO Order will be allocated to the executing Floor Broker.\113\ 
The Exchange again notes that similar allocation and priority 
provisions are already established and apply to responses for QOO 
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\114\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \110\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(1). The Exchange notes that 
proposed Rule 7605(i)(1) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(i).
    \111\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(2). The Exchange notes that 
proposed Rule 7605(i)(2) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(ii).
    \112\ Id. Priority under Rule 7610 is determined first by price 
and then by sequence. Specifically, on the Trading Floor, the 
highest (lowest) bid (offer) shall have priority; when two or more 
bids (offers) represent the highest (lowest) price, priority shall 
be afforded to such bids (offers) in the sequence in which they were 
made. If, however, the bids (offers) of two or more Floor 
Participants are made simultaneously, or if it is impossible to 
determine clearly the order of time in which they are made, such 
bids (offers) will be deemed to be on parity and priority will be 
afforded to them, insofar as practicable, on an equal basis. The 
Floor Broker announcing the order is responsible for determining the 
sequence in which bids or offers are vocalized on the Trading Floor 
from Floor Participants in response to the Floor Broker's bid, 
offer, or call for a market. Rule 7610 also provides priority 
provisions where a Floor Broker requests a market in order to fill a 
large order and the Floor Participants provide a collective 
response. See BOX Rule 7610.
    \113\ See proposed Rule 7605(i)(3). The Exchange notes that 
proposed Rule 7605(i)(3) is based on BOX Rule 7600(d)(3)(iii).
    \114\ The Exchange notes that FOO Order allocation and priority 
differs from QOO Order provisions related to the priority of orders 
on the BOX Book. See BOX Rules 7600(c)-(e) and (h), and 7600(f)(1) 
and (3). See also supra note 97. In particular, with respect to QOO 
Order executions BOX Rules 7600(d)(1) and (2) provide priority for 
better-priced interest on the BOX Book and for Public Customer 
Orders on the BOX Book at the same price or non-Public Customer 
Orders ranked ahead of such same-priced Public Customer Orders. As 
the Exchange noted when it proposed the QOO order type, these 
priority provisions were designed to provide increased opportunities 
for orders on the BOX Book to interact with trades on the Trading 
Floor and to maintain consistency with options trade-through and BOX 
Book priority rules. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 
(May 18, 2017), 82 FR 23657, 23681-82 (May 23, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-
48) (Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change 
to Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor). These priority 
provisions are not necessary for FOO Orders because there will be no 
FLEX Equity Option interest on the BOX Book. The Exchange's existing 
rules for determining priority of bids and offers from Floor 
Participants in the trading crowd are based on price-time priority 
without regard to market participant type. See BOX Rule 7610. This 
is consistent with floor priority rules for FLEX options on other 
options exchanges. See, e.g., PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c)(4), NYSE 
American Rule 904G(e).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes that after execution of the FOO Order, the 
executing Floor Broker is responsible for providing the correct 
allocations of the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options 
Exchange Official or his or her designee, if necessary, who will 
properly record the order in the Exchange's system.\115\ The executing 
Floor Broker must provide the correct allocations to an Options 
Exchange Official or his or her designee, in writing, without 
unreasonable delay.\116\ The Exchange notes that the same procedure for 
recording trade allocations applies to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading 
Floor today.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \115\ See proposed Rule 7605(j). Proposed Rule 7605(j) is based 
on BOX Rule 7600(d)(4).
    \116\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Similar to the allocation process in place for QOO Orders, the 
Exchange proposes to allow for a participation guarantee for certain 
FOO Orders executed by Floor Brokers on the Trading Floor. 
Specifically, when a Floor Broker holds an option order of the eligible 
order size or greater, the Floor Broker is entitled to cross 40% of the 
remaining contracts of the original order, after all bids or offers at 
better prices are filled, with other orders that the Floor Broker is 
holding.\117\ The Exchange may determine, on an option by option basis, 
the eligible size for an order on the Trading Floor to be subject to 
this guarantee; however, the eligible

[[Page 88446]]

order size may not be less than 50 contracts. In determining whether an 
order satisfies the eligible order size requirement, any Complex FOO 
Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain one leg alone which is for 
the eligible order size or greater.\118\ Nothing in the proposed rule 
is intended to prohibit a Floor Broker from trading more than their 
percentage entitlement if the other Participants of the trading crowd 
do not choose to trade the remaining portion of the order.\119\ The 
Exchange notes that the proposed guarantee process is similar to the 
guarantee process currently in place for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading 
Floor.\120\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \117\ See proposed Rules 7605(i), 7605(k)(1) and (3). Proposed 
Rules 7605(k)(1) and (3) are based on BOX Rules 7600(f)(1) and (3). 
The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO Order guarantee differs 
from the QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3) contains 
provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is inapplicable to 
FOO Orders.
    \118\ See proposed Rule 7605(k)(2). Proposed Rule 7605(k)(2) is 
based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(2).
    \119\ See proposed Rule 7605(k)(4). Proposed Rule 7605(k)(4) is 
based on BOX Rule 7600(f)(4).
    \120\ The Exchange notes that the proposed FOO Order guarantee 
differs from the QOO Order guarantee because BOX Rule 7600(f)(3) 
contains provisions that pertain to the BOX Book, which is 
inapplicable to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The below examples are designed to illustrate the allocation of the 
initiating side of a FOO Order.
    Example 1--Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for 
500 contracts. When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and 
FLEX Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 250 contracts 
each at the same price as the Floor Broker's contra-side. FLEX Market 
Maker 1 responded first so he will have time priority over FLEX Market 
Maker 2. Since the FOO Order is for at least 50 contracts, the Floor 
Broker is entitled to match at least 40% of the initiating side with 
the Floor Broker's contra-side.
    Result: The initiating side of the FOO Order will match against the 
Floor Broker's contra-side order for the full 500 contracts. After the 
execution of the FOO Order, because other Floor Participants are 
entitled to an allocation, the executing Floor Broker is then 
responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her 
designee the following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO 
Order:
    1. 200 contracts (40%, or 500 * .40) for the contra-side order 
submitted by the Floor Broker.
    2. 250 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1 with time priority.
    3. Remaining 50 contracts to FLEX Market Maker 2.
    Example 2--Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for 
40 contracts. When he announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX 
Market Maker 2 both respond to the FOO Order for 20 contracts each at 
the same price as the Floor Broker's contra-side. FLEX Market Maker 1 
responded first so he will have time priority over FLEX Market Maker 2. 
Since the FOO Order is for less than 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is 
not entitled to a 40% guarantee.
    Result: The initiating side FOO Order will match against the Floor 
Broker's contra-side for the full 40 contracts. After execution of the 
FOO Order, because other Floor Participants are entitled to an 
allocation, the executing Floor Broker is then responsible for 
providing an Options Exchange Official or his or her designee with the 
following allocation of the initiating side of the FOO Order:
    1. 20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1 with time priority.
    2. 20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 2.
    3. The initiating side is filled and the executing Floor Broker 
will receive no allocation.
    Example 3--Assume a Floor Broker wishes to execute a FOO Order for 
40 contracts in ABC at 1.05 (initiating side is to sell). When he 
announces the order, FLEX Market Maker 1 and FLEX Market Maker 2 both 
respond to the FOO Order for 20 contracts each. FLEX Market Maker 1 
responded first at an improved price to buy 20 at 1.06 so he will have 
price priority over FLEX Market Maker 2.\121\ Since the FOO Order is 
for less than 50 contracts, the Floor Broker is not entitled to a 40% 
guarantee.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \121\ Pursuant to Rule 7610, FLEX Marker Maker 1 would have 
priority over FLEX Market Maker 2 even if FLEX Market Maker 2 
responded first because FLEX Market Maker 1 responded at a better 
price.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Result: The Floor Broker will submit two FOO Orders for 20 
contracts each: a FOO Order at 1.06 for 20 contracts and a FOO Order at 
1.05 for 20 contracts. The initiating side of each FOO Order will match 
against the Floor Broker's contra-side orders for the full 20 
contracts. After execution of the FOO Orders, the executing Floor 
Broker is then responsible for providing an Options Exchange Official 
or his or her designee with the following allocation of the initiating 
side of the FOO Orders:
    1. FOO Order at 1.06--20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 1.
    2. FOO Order at 1.05--20 contracts for FLEX Market Maker 2.
    3. The executing Floor Broker will receive no allocation of either 
FOO Order.
Additional Provisions
    The Exchange also proposes that all orders entrusted to a Floor 
Broker will be considered Not Held Orders, unless otherwise specified 
by a Floor Broker's client. A Not Held Order is an order marked ``not 
held'', ``take time'', or which bears any qualifying notation giving 
discretion as to the price or time at which such order is to be 
executed.\122\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \122\ See proposed Rule 7605(l). Proposed Rule 7605(l) is based 
on BOX Rule 7600(g). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.34-O and 6.62-O(f). 
The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 5.34-O provides a Floor 
Broker with additional discretion with respect to the number of FLEX 
contracts to be purchased or sold. The Exchange is not proposing the 
same discretion for FOO Orders so that the requirements for Floor 
Brokers handling FOO Orders are the same as handling QOO Orders 
currently on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange further proposes IM-7605-1 which allows Floor Brokers 
to bring unmatched orders (i.e., the initiating side of a FOO Order) to 
the Trading Floor in order to seek contra-side interest. Once a contra-
side is sourced pursuant to current Rule 7580(e)(2) and proposed Rule 
7605(e), the Floor Broker shall submit the two-sided FOO Order to the 
BOG.\123\ The Exchange notes that this provision is identical to IM-
7600-4, with the exception of internal rule references, which applies 
to QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \123\ See proposed IM-7605-1. Proposed IM-7605-1 is based on IM-
7600-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes IM-7605-2 to guide conduct on the floor.\124\ 
In particular, the Floor Broker must disclose all securities that are 
components of the Public Customer order which is subject to crossing 
before requesting bids and offers for the execution of all components 
of the order. Once the trading crowd has provided a quote, it will 
remain in effect until a reasonable amount of time has passed, there is 
a significant change in the price of the underlying security, or the 
market given in response to the request has been improved. In the case 
of a dispute, the term ``significant change'' will be interpreted on a 
case-by-case basis by an Options Exchange Official based upon the 
extent of recent trading in the option and in the underlying security, 
and any other relevant factors.\125\ The Participants of the trading 
crowd who established the market will have priority over all other 
orders that were not announced in the trading crowd at the time that 
the market was established and will maintain priority over such orders 
except for orders that improve upon the market. When a Floor Broker 
announces an order to the trading crowd pursuant

[[Page 88447]]

to Rule 7580(e)(2), it shall be the responsibility of the Floor 
Participant who established the market to alert the Floor Broker of the 
fact that the Floor Participant has priority. Complex FOO Orders, 
Multi-Leg FOO Orders or tied hedge orders on opposite sides of the 
market may be crossed, provided that the Floor Broker holding such 
orders proceeds in the manner described in proposed Rule 7605 and IM-
7600-2 as appropriate. Floor Participants may not prevent a Complex 
Order from being completed by giving a competing bid or offer for one 
component of such order.\126\ In determining whether an order satisfies 
the eligible tied hedge order size requirement, any Complex FOO Order 
or Multi-Leg FOO Order must contain one leg which, standing alone, is 
for the eligible order size or greater.\127\ A Floor Broker crossing a 
Public Customer FOO Order with an order that is not a Public Customer 
Order, when providing for a reasonable opportunity \128\ for the 
trading crowd to participate in the transaction, shall disclose the 
Public Customer Order that is subject to crossing.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \124\ See proposed IM-7605-2. Proposed IM-7605-2 is based on IM-
7600-1.
    \125\ The Exchange believes that, by providing the Options 
Exchange Official with the ability to consider any other relevant 
factors, Options Exchange Officials will retain the necessary 
discretion to perform their duties if a new or unforeseen 
circumstance arises.
    \126\ The Exchange notes that while a Complex Order could be 
prevented from being completed by competing bids or offers on 
multiple components of such orders, competing bids or offers in any 
one of the multiple components may not prevent a Complex Order from 
being completed and each one is prohibited.
    \127\ See proposed IM-7605-2(d). The eligible tied hedge order 
size requirement is determined by the Exchange and may not be 
smaller than 500 contracts per order. See BOX IM-7600-2.
    \128\ The Exchange is proposing that a minimum response period, 
which must be between three seconds and five minutes, shall be 
established by the Exchange and announced via Regulatory Notice. See 
proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 100(b)(3) to provide: ``All 
Exchange options transactions shall be executed automatically by the 
Trading Host as provided in applicable Exchange Rules.'' \129\ The 
Exchange notes that Rule 100(b)(3) already applies to Non-FLEX Equity 
Options. The proposed amendment is to replace specific rule references 
with a more general reference to avoid any unintended ambiguity and 
permit the Rule to apply in connection with FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \129\ See proposed Rule 100(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 7620, titled Accommodation 
Transactions, and IM-7620-1 to exclude FLEX Equity Options as defined 
in proposed Rule 5055.\130\ The Exchange notes that Rule 7620(b) 
currently states that it applies to all options except for option 
classes participating in the Penny Interval Program under Rule 7260, 
and IM-7620-1(b) currently states that it applies to all options 
including those in the Penny Interval Program. The proposed amendments 
will ensure consistency with proposed Rule 5055(c), which provides that 
Rule 7620 (Accommodation Transactions) shall not apply to transactions 
in FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \130\ See proposed Rule 7620.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange has not yet determined the fees for FOO transactions 
executed on the Trading Floor. Prior to commencing trading of the 
proposed FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, the Exchange intends to 
submit a proposed rule change to the Commission setting forth the 
proposed fees.
    The Exchange has also analyzed its capacity and represents that it 
believes the Exchange and the Options Price Reporting Authority 
(``OPRA'') have the necessary systems capacity to handle the additional 
message traffic associated with the listing of new series that may 
result from the introduction of FLEX Equity Options.\131\ Additionally, 
the Exchange will have surveillance coverage in place to monitor issues 
unique to FLEX trading and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance 
reports. Further, the Exchange believes it has an adequate surveillance 
program in place and intends to apply the same program procedures to 
FLEX Equity Options that it applies to the Exchange's other options 
products, as applicable. FLEX Equity Options products and their 
respective symbols will be integrated into the Exchange's existing 
surveillance system architecture and will be subject to the relevant 
surveillance processes. The Exchange believes that any potential risk 
of manipulative activity is mitigated by these existing surveillance 
technologies, procedures, and reporting requirements, which allow the 
Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative trading 
activity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \131\ The Exchange will report FLEX Equity Option trades and, if 
necessary, trade cancels to OPRA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed FLEX Equity Option rules are based predominately on 
the rules of NYSE Arca. However, the Exchange omitted certain NYSE Arca 
rules from the proposed rules discussed herein due to differences in 
the scope and operation of FLEX Option \132\ trading at NYSE Arca, 
compared to the scope and operation of the proposed FLEX Equity Option 
trading herein. The Exchange is not including NYSE Arca rule provisions 
that relate to FLEX Index Options as Index Options are not traded on 
BOX and FLEX Index Options are not proposed herein.\133\ In particular, 
NYSE Arca Rule 5.39-O requires net liquidating equity of $100,000 in an 
account in which transactions in FLEX Index Options will be conducted. 
As the Exchange does not trade Index Options, FLEX Index Options are 
not proposed herein, and the Exchange already imposes minimum net 
capital requirements,\134\ it does not propose additional requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \132\ The term ``Flexible Exchange Option'' or ``FLEX Option'' 
means a customized options contract. See NYSE Arca Rule 5.30-O(b)(4) 
and CBOE Rule 1.1 (definition of, ``FLEX Option'').
    \133\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.39-O and 5.40-O.
    \134\ See BOX Rules 8010, 8080, and 10200.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Next, NYSE Arca Rule 5.40-O requires at least $1 million of net 
liquidating equity in the account of a FLEX Appointed Market Maker. 
However, FLEX Appointed Market Makers are appointed for FLEX Index 
Options on NYSE Arca but are not required for FLEX Equity Options.\135\ 
Instead, NYSE Arca only requires FLEX Qualified Market Makers for FLEX 
Equity Options.\136\ And, this subset of Market Makers is not required 
to have at least $1 million of net liquidating equity. Therefore, the 
Exchange's proposal does not propose to include additional net 
liquidating equity requirements for FLEX Market Makers. The Exchange 
notes that Market Makers, including Floor Market Makers and FLEX Market 
Makers are still subject to several financial requirements, including 
net liquidating equity in its Market Maker account of not less than 
$200,000.\137\ Additionally, the Exchange believes that the large 
infrastructure needed to trade as a Market Maker, including their 
adequacy of capital and operational capacity is such that current 
Market Makers are likely to have net liquidating equity well beyond $1 
million. In fact, another exchange which trades FLEX Options has 
removed a net liquidating equity requirement while still requiring 
market makers to maintain net capital sufficient to comply with the 
requirements of Rule 15c3-1, under the Act.\138\ The Exchange

[[Page 88448]]

has a similar provision, Rule 10200, that requires each Participant 
subject to Rule 15c3-1 under the Act to comply with the capital 
requirements prescribed therein among other requirements.\139\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \135\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(a).
    \136\ See id. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca allows but does 
not require appointment of two or more FLEX Appointed Market Makers 
to FLEX Equity Options in lieu of appointing FLEX Qualified Market 
Makers.
    \137\ See BOX Rule 8080(a)(1). Rule 8080 also requires Market 
Makers to maintain net capital sufficient to comply with the 
requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Act and each Market Maker that 
is a Clearing Participant shall also maintain net capital sufficient 
to comply with the requirements of the OCC. See BOX Rules 8080(a)(2) 
and (b). See also BOX Rule 8010 (``To qualify for registration as a 
Market Maker, an Options Participant must meet the requirements 
established in SEC Rule 15c3-1(a)(6)(i) . . .'').
    \138\ See CBOE Rule 11.6 and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 
87024 (September 19, 2019), 84 FR 50545 (September 25, 2019) (SR-
CBOE-2019-059) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a 
proposed rule change to amend certain rules relating to market 
makers upon migration to the trading system used by CBOE affiliated 
exchanges).
    \139\ See BOX Rule 10200 (Participants must comply with the 
additional requirements of the Rule 10200 Series and Market Makers 
must comply with the minimum financial requirements contained in 
Rule 8010).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    An additional difference in the appointment of FLEX Market Makers 
is that NYSE Arca appoints FLEX Qualified Market Makers to each FLEX 
Equity Option of a given class, while the Exchange will qualify FLEX 
Market Makers for all FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes that 
the structure of its Trading Floor, with one crowd or trading area, 
will operate more efficiently without qualifying FLEX Market Makers by 
class.\140\ Accordingly, a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official 
may request a FLEX Equity Option quote in any class from a FLEX Market 
Maker. The Exchange notes that FLEX Market Makers will be subject to 
Rule 8510, including provisions for the course and conduct of dealings, 
class assignments, and option priority and parity, unless otherwise 
specified in proposed Rule 7605.\141\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \140\ Pursuant to BOX Rule 8150(e), whenever a BOX Floor Market 
Maker enters the trading crowd he must undertake the obligations 
specified in Rule 8510(d) (In Classes of Option Contracts to Which 
Assigned--Affirmative Obligations). Since there is only one trading 
crowd on the BOX Floor, in practice this results in all BOX Floor 
Market Makers being required to quote all classes on the Trading 
Floor. The same will apply to FLEX Market Makers.
    \141\ See proposed Rules 7605(f)-(h) (providing FOO Order 
quoting obligations). The Exchange notes that current Floor Market 
Maker quoting obligations and restrictions are detailed in Rule 
8510.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Further, the Exchange notes differences between the proposed 
quoting obligations and those applicable on NYSE Arca. Specifically, a 
NYSE Arca FLEX Qualified Market Maker may, but shall not be obligated 
to, enter a FLEX Quote in response to a Request for Quotes on a FLEX 
Equity Option of the class in which he or she is qualified.\142\ 
However, a FLEX Official on NYSE Arca may call upon FLEX Qualified 
Market Makers appointed in a class of FLEX Equity Options to make FLEX 
Quotes in response to a specific Request for Quotes in that class of 
FLEX Equity Options whenever in the opinion of the FLEX Official the 
interests of a fair, orderly and competitive market are best served by 
such action and shall make such a call upon FLEX Qualified Market 
Makers whenever no FLEX Quotes are made in response to a specific 
Request for Quotes.\143\ The Exchange's proposal differs from NYSE 
Arca's rule in that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a 
FLEX Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor 
Broker or Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided 
market.\144\ The Exchange believes that the proposed quoting 
requirements allow reasonable opportunities for Floor Brokers to get 
quotes on FOO Orders and notes that the quoting requirements for QOO 
Orders on the BOX Trading Floor are similar to those proposed for FOO 
Orders.\145\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \142\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(b).
    \143\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.37-O(c).
    \144\ See proposed Rule 7605(h).
    \145\ See BOX Rule 8510(c)(2). The Exchange notes that proposed 
Rule 7605(h) and current Rule 8510(c)(2) are similar except that 
proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of current 
Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter requirements and 
quotation sizes, which requirements are provided separately in 
proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Among other NYSE Arca provisions not incorporated by the Exchange, 
are certain of NYSE Arca's ``Special Terms for FLEX Equity Options.'' 
\146\ Specifically, these special terms include that exercise prices 
and premiums may be stated in terms of: (i) a dollar amount; (ii) a 
method for fixing at the time a FLEX Request for Quote or FLEX order is 
traded; or (iii) a percentage of the price of the underlying security 
at the time of the trade or as of the close of trading on the NYSE Arca 
on the trade date. The Exchange will only offer exercise prices and 
premiums in a dollar amount because the additional methods for fixing 
prices are a matter of individual preference, and the Exchange believes 
that the requirements of Participants will be met by pricing exercise 
prices and premiums in a dollar amount.\147\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \146\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(2).
    \147\ The Exchange's belief that the requirements of 
Participants will be met by stating exercise prices and premiums in 
a dollar amount is based on conversations with Participants 
regarding their preferences for stating the terms of exercise prices 
and premiums.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Another NYSE Arca provision not adopted by the Exchange in this 
proposal allows discretionary orders where Floor Brokers have 
discretion regarding the quantity of FLEX contracts traded.\148\ The 
Exchange prohibits discretion regarding quantity, and other terms, 
including the choice of the class of options to be bought or sold, and 
whether any such transaction shall be one of purchase or sale except to 
any discretionary transactions executed by a Floor Market Maker for an 
account in which he has an interest.\149\ The Exchange believes that 
proposed Rule 7605(l) combined with current Rule 7590, allowing Floor 
Brokers to have discretion over some terms of a FOO Order such as price 
and time while not allowing discretion over terms such as quantity, 
strikes a balance between allowing Floor Brokers to provide full 
services to clients and preventing erroneous trades based on differing 
expectations or miscommunications between Floor Brokers and their 
clients. The Exchange notes that Rule 7600(g) governing QOO Orders is 
identical to proposed Rule 7605(l) and believes that consistency of 
handling between QOO Orders and FOO Orders may reduce confusion and 
increase efficiency on the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \148\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.34-O.
    \149\ See BOX Rule 7590 and proposed Rule 7605(l).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Another NYSE Arca rule not proposed by the Exchange provides that 
NYSE Arca may designate FLEX Officials.\150\ The Exchange is not 
proposing a similar rule because Rule 100(b)(6) already provides that 
any Exchange employee or officer designated as an Options Exchange 
Official will from time to time as provided in these rules have the 
ability to recommend and enforce rules and regulations relating to 
trading access, order, decorum, health, safety and welfare on the 
Exchange. Specifically, Options Exchange Officials have duties 
enumerated in Rules 100(b)(5), 7610, 7640, and 8510, as well as in 
proposed Rule 7605 regarding announcement, quoting, and recording of 
FOO Orders, priority in the trading crowd, disputes on the trading 
floor, and obligations and restrictions applicable to Floor Market 
Makers and FLEX Market Makers. The general authority for Options 
Exchange Officials under these current Exchange Rules will be the same 
for FLEX Equity Option transactions on the trading floor as it is for 
Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions. The Exchange believes that Options 
Exchange Officials will have the authority necessary to enforce the 
proposed FLEX Equity Option and FOO Order rules such that designation 
of a unique FLEX Official would be redundant and unnecessary, as the 
Exchange's existing Options Exchange Officials will have the ability to 
perform the same functions as a separately designated FLEX Official. 
Specifically, the duties of FLEX Officials on NYSE Arca are mainly 
related to their Request for Quotes (``RFQ'') procedure unique to FLEX 
Options trading on NYSE Arca.\151\

[[Page 88449]]

The Exchange has elected not to adopt a similar procedure, as discussed 
below, instead basing the FOO Order process on the QOO Order process 
already monitored by Options Exchange Officials. Additionally, the 
Exchange's system is designed to review the terms of a FLEX Equity 
Option for compliance with the applicable Rules as opposed to being a 
requirement of an Options Exchange Official to review.\152\ Options 
Exchange Officials will continue to be responsible for monitoring all 
open outcry activity on the Trading Floor. Therefore, the Exchange will 
not require a separate official to govern any unique process for FLEX 
Equity Options. Additionally, the Exchange represents that Options 
Exchange Officials will receive appropriate training on the terms of 
FLEX Equity Options and all rules applicable to FLEX Equity Options and 
FOO Orders, including their responsibility to certify that a Floor 
Broker has adequately announced a FOO Order to the trading crowd,\153\ 
consistent with the manner in which they are currently trained with 
respect to QOO Orders.\154\ The Exchange further notes that NYSE Arca's 
rules do not require the exchange to designate FLEX Officials.\155\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \150\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O.
    \151\ NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O provides that ``[a] FLEX Official is 
responsible for: (1) reviewing the conformity of FLEX Requests for 
Quotes and FLEX Quotes to the terms and specifications contained in 
Rule 5.32-O [Terms of FLEX Options]; (2) posting FLEX Requests for 
Quotes for dissemination; (3) determining the BBO; (4) ensuring that 
FLEX contracts are executed in conformance with the priority 
principles set forth in Rule 5.33-O; and (5) calling upon FLEX 
Qualified Market Makers to make FLEX Quotes in specific classes of 
FLEX Equity Options as provided in paragraph (c) of Rule 5.37-O.'' 
See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O.
    \152\ See supra note 61. The Exchange notes that NYSE Arca Rule 
5.38-O(b)(1) provides that it is the responsibility of their FLEX 
Officials to review the terms of a FLEX order.
    \153\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
    \154\ BOX Rules currently provide that the President of the 
Exchange and his or her designated staff shall be responsible for 
monitoring, among other things, the activities of Floor Participants 
and their associated persons and shall establish standards and 
procedures for the training and qualification of Floor Participants 
and their associated persons active on the Trading Floor. See BOX 
Rule 100(b)(1).
    \155\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.38-O(a) (``The Exchange may at any 
time designate an Exchange employee to act as a FLEX Official in one 
or more classes of FLEX Options [emphasis added]. . . .'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As mentioned above, rather than adopt the NYSE Arca RFQ procedure 
for FLEX Equity Options,\156\ the Exchange instead proposes to utilize 
the current process used on the BOX Trading Floor for QOO Orders with 
the addition of a minimum time period that a Floor Broker must allow 
Floor Participants when responding to FOO Orders.\157\ The Exchange 
believes that using the order announcement and responsive quote process 
for both QOO Orders and FOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor will result 
in less confusion and greater efficiency for all BOX Trading Floor 
Participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \156\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33-O.
    \157\ See proposed Rule 7605 and current Rule 7600. The minimum 
time period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, 
will be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory 
Notice. See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2). See also Securities Exchange 
Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) 
(SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as 
Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-
Outcry Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange notes that the manner in which the Exchange has 
proposed rules with respect to announcement of orders and responsive 
quotes is similar to how CBOE treats its FLEX Options; specifically, 
CBOE allows a FLEX Order \158\ to be represented and executed in a 
similar manner as a non-FLEX Option.\159\ The Exchange believes CBOE's 
approach is consistent with the Act and proposes to also require Floor 
Brokers to allow for a reasonable amount of time to participate in FLEX 
Equity Option transactions. Further, unlike CBOE, the Exchange proposes 
to establish and announce, via Regulatory Notice, a minimum period of 
time that a Floor Broker must allow Floor Participants to respond 
(which amount of time must be between three seconds and five minutes). 
The Exchange believes that it is unnecessary to specify a specific 
maximum time period for responses to FLEX orders as Options Exchange 
Officials on BOX's Trading Floor will be responsible both to enforce 
the minimum period of time and to ensure that Floor Participants have a 
reasonable amount of time to respond to FOO Orders.\160\ The Exchange 
notes that the proposed order announcement procedure for FOO Orders is 
similar to the rules and procedures currently in place for QOO Orders 
on the BOX Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \158\ ``FLEX Orders'' are orders submitted in FLEX Options. See 
CBOE Rule 5.70.
    \159\ See CBOE Rule 5.72(d). The Exchange notes that CBOE Rule 
5.72(d) also contains provisions that limit the priority rules 
applicable to FLEX Orders. See CBOE Rules 5.72(d)(2) and (3).
    \160\ See supra note 158 and accompanying text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Minor Rule Violation Plan
    The Exchange's disciplinary rules, including Exchange Rules 
applicable to ``minor rule violations,'' are set forth in the Rule 
12000 Series of the Exchange's current Rules. As described in Rule 
12140, the MRVP provides that in lieu of commencing a disciplinary 
proceeding, the Exchange may, subject to the certain requirements set 
forth in the Rule, impose a fine, not to exceed $5,000, on any Options 
Participant, or person associated with or employed by an Options 
Participant, with respect to any Rule violation listed in Rules 
12140(d) or (e) as discussed below. Any fine imposed pursuant to this 
Rule that (i) does not exceed $2,500 and (ii) is not contested, shall 
be reported on a periodic basis, except as may otherwise be required by 
Rule 19d-1 under the Act or by any other regulatory authority. Further, 
the Rule provides that any person against whom a fine is imposed under 
the Rule shall be served with a written statement setting forth: (i) 
the Rule(s) allegedly violated; (ii) the act or omission constituting 
each such violation; (iii) the fine imposed for each violation; and 
(iv) the date by which such determination becomes final and such fine 
must be paid or contested, which date shall be not less than twenty-
five (25) calendar days after the date of service of such written 
statement. Rules 12140 (d) and (e) set forth the list of specific 
Exchange Rules under which an Options Participant or person associated 
with or employed by an Options Participant may be subject to a fine for 
violations of such Rules and the applicable fines that may be imposed 
by the Exchange. As with all the violations incorporated into its MRVP, 
the Exchange will proceed under this Rule only for violations that are 
minor in nature. Any other violation will be addressed pursuant to 
Rules 12030 (Letters of Consent) or 12040 (Charges).
    The Exchange proposes to amend its MRVP to add certain rules 
relating to FLEX Equity Options to the list of rules eligible for minor 
rule violation plan treatment by amending Rule 12140. Specifically, the 
Exchange proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(3), which covers the failure 
to properly execute a QOO Order, to include failure to properly execute 
a FOO Order (proposed Rule 7605).\161\ Additionally, the Exchange 
proposes to amend Rule 12140(e)(9), which covers compliance with 
quotation requirements for Floor Market Makers as set forth in Rule 
8510(c)(2), and is designed to sanction violations thereof, to also 
include compliance with

[[Page 88450]]

the quotation requirements for FLEX Market Makers set forth in proposed 
Rule 7605(h) and sanction violations of such requirements.\162\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \161\ See proposed Rule 12140(e)(3). The Exchange notes that 
adding proposed Rule 7605 for FOO Orders to current Rule 12140(e)(3) 
is consistent with the existing provision to enforce current Rule 
7600 for QOO Orders because Floor Participants have the same general 
requirements for executing FOO and QOO Orders on the Trading Floor. 
The Exchange notes further that fines defined under Rule 12140(e)(3) 
may apply to any failure to properly execute a FOO Order in 
accordance with applicable provisions of proposed Rule 7605 
governing such execution requirements. Proposed Rule 7605(h), 
however, which relates to a FLEX Market Maker's quoting obligation, 
is specifically proposed for inclusion in proposed Rule 12140(e)(9).
    \162\ See proposed Rule 12140(e)(9). The Exchange notes that 
proposed Rule 7605(h) and current Rule 8510(c)(2) are similar except 
that proposed Rule 7605(h) does not include the provisions of 
current Rule 8510(c)(2) related to quote spread parameter 
requirements and quotation sizes, which requirements are provided 
separately in proposed Rules 7605(f) and (g). However, the Exchange 
believes it is appropriate to include proposed Rule 7605(h) with 
Rule 8510(c)(2) in the MRVP given the similar nature of the 
underlying requirement to provide quotations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Statutory Basis
    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 
6(b) of the Act \163\ in general, and furthers the objectives of 
Section 6(b)(5) of the Act \164\ in particular, in that it is designed 
to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster 
cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, 
clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and 
facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and 
perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market 
system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest. 
Specifically, the Exchange believes the adoption of the proposed rules 
allowing FLEX Equity Options to trade on the BOX Trading Floor as FOO 
Orders is consistent with the goals of the Act to remove the 
impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market 
because it will benefit Participants by providing an additional venue 
for Participants to provide and seek liquidity for customized, large, 
or complex FLEX option orders. As the Commission noted in its order 
granting FLEX Equity Option trading on CBOE and what was then the 
Pacific Stock Exchange (now NYSE Arca), trading FLEX Equity Options on 
an exchange is an alternative to trading customized options in OTC 
markets and carries with it the advantages of exchange markets such as 
transparency, parameters and procedures for clearance and settlement, 
and a centralized counterparty clearing agency.\165\ Therefore, the 
Exchange believes the proposed rule change will promote these same 
benefits for the market as a whole by providing an additional venue for 
market participants to seek liquidity for customized, large-sized, or 
complex FLEX option orders. The Exchange believes that providing an 
additional venue for these FLEX orders will benefit investors, the 
national market system, Participants, and BOX by increasing competition 
for order flow and executions, and thereby spur product enhancements 
and potentially result in lower prices for exchange services related to 
FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \163\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
    \164\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
    \165\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 36841 (February 
14, 1996), 61 FR 6666 (February 21, 1996) (SR-CBOE-95-43) (SR-PSE-
95-24) (Order Approving the Trading of Flexibly Structured Equity 
Options by CBOE and PSE).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange further believes that the proposal is designed to 
prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices as the Exchange 
will review all current surveillance in light of any changes required, 
including surveillance and technology to detect disruptive or 
manipulative trading activity for FOO Orders on the Trading Floor, and 
will modify or add any surveillance as appropriate. As described above, 
the Exchange will apply its existing surveillance program to FLEX 
Equity Options and has developed FLEX-specific surveillance reports.
    As described below, the Exchange also believes the proposed changes 
to Rule 12140(e) are consistent with Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,\166\ 
which provides that members and persons associated with members shall 
be appropriately disciplined for violation of the provisions of the 
rules of the exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of 
activities, functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended 
or barred from being associated with a member, or any other fitting 
sanction. The Exchange further believes the proposed changes to Rule 
12140(e) are designed to provide a fair procedure for the disciplining 
of members and persons associated with members, consistent with 
Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the Act.\167\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \166\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6).
    \167\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

General
    The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(a) stating that the 
trading of FLEX Equity Options is subject to all other Rules applicable 
to the trading of options on the Exchange, unless otherwise provided in 
Rules 5055 and 7605, is consistent with the Act because it will ensure 
that, except where otherwise provided in Rules 5055 and 7605, the 
Exchange's existing rules will continue to apply to FLEX Equity 
Options, which will provide increased consistency for Participants 
trading FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on BOX. The 
Exchange reiterates that rules which contemplate the operation of or 
interaction with the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book will not apply 
to FLEX Equity Options, given that FLEX Equity Options may only be 
traded as FOO Orders and FOO Orders may not be placed in the BOX Book 
or the Complex Order Book.\168\ Specifically, proposed Rule 5055(a) 
will specify that the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book shall not be 
applicable for transactions in FLEX Equity Options and thereby provide 
clarity for market participants that FLEX Equity Options may only be 
traded on the Trading Floor. As described above, while electronic 
trading in FLEX options is available on one market today, the Exchange 
at this time intends to introduce FLEX Equity Options on the Trading 
Floor only, consistent with other markets that trade these customized 
options solely on their trading floors. The Exchange also believes that 
providing further detail about rules that shall not apply in proposed 
Rule 5055(c) is consistent with the Act because it will provide clarity 
for market participants about existing rules that will not be 
applicable to FLEX Equity Options on BOX. In particular, specifying 
that Rules 7600 and 7620 will not apply to FLEX Equity Options will 
avoid potential confusion about which order types apply to FLEX Equity 
Options on BOX, as the Exchange is instead proposing Rule 7605 to apply 
to transactions in FLEX Equity Options. Specifically, Rule 7600 
contains priority provisions related to the BOX Book and the Complex 
Order Book neither of which are applicable to transactions in FLEX 
Equity Options. The Exchange notes that another exchange excludes 
similar rules from application to transactions in FLEX Equity 
Options.\169\ However, proposed Rule 5055(c) also specifies that IM-
7600-2 and IM-7600-5 shall apply to FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange 
believes that expressly applying these provisions is consistent with 
the Act because, although the remainder of Rule 7600 will not apply to 
FOO Orders, IM-7600-2, and IM-7600-5 relate, respectively, to tied 
hedge orders and to compliance with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act and 
should apply to the proposed FOO Orders in the same manner as they 
currently apply to QOO Orders. Specifically, tied hedge orders are a 
combination of an option and hedging position that must follow the 
procedures set forth in IM-7600-2 which is designed to protect 
investors and the public interest with provisions that limit the types 
of combinations considered to be tied hedge orders as well as 
prescribing Floor Broker duties

[[Page 88451]]

for the handling of such orders. The Exchange believes that expressly 
applying IM-7600-2 to FOO Orders is consistent with the Act, as this 
will provide greater consistency between the trading of FLEX Equity 
Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and reduce 
the potential for market participant confusion. Next, IM-7600-5 
prevents Participants from utilizing the Trading Floor to effect any 
transactions for their own account, the account of an associated 
person, or an account with respect to which the Participant or an 
associated person thereof exercises investment discretion by relying on 
an exemption under Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act (``G Exemption''). 
IM-7600-5 thereby provides notice to Floor Participants that when 
utilizing the trading floor to effect transactions in covered accounts, 
they cannot rely on the G Exemption and must rely on other available 
exemptions to the prohibition in Section 11(a)(1) of the Act.\170\ In 
this manner, IM-7600-5 provides increased clarity to Floor Participants 
about their ability to comply with Section 11(a)(1) of the Act and it 
is therefore consistent with the Act and would protect investors and 
the public interest to continue to apply this rule to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \168\ See supra notes 94 and 97 and accompanying text.
    \169\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O(c) and (d).
    \170\ See infra note 245 and accompanying text (describing the 
Section 11(a)(1) prohibition and defining ``covered accounts'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the definitions proposed in Rule 5055(b) 
will provide increased clarity to market participants which will 
protect investors and the public interest by specifying definitions for 
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options, and by specifying that 
FLEX Equity Option transactions will be governed as proposed in Rule 
7605 and shall not be traded other than as FOO Orders. The Exchange 
believes further that the term ``FLEX Market Maker'' will clarify the 
difference between Floor Market Makers and FLEX Market Makers, where 
the latter are qualified for trading FLEX Equity Options and have an 
obligation to provide quotes in response to FOO Orders. The Exchange 
also believes that specifying that FLEX Equity Options may not be 
traded using any other order type or trading mechanism offered by the 
Exchange will provide increased clarity to Participants that the only 
means by which the Exchange intends to permit FLEX Equity Options to be 
traded is via the proposed FOO order type. The Exchange notes that, 
should it decide to propose additional order types or electronic 
trading for FLEX Equity Options, it will revise the defined term ``FLEX 
Open Outcry Order'' accordingly.
    The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(d) which specifies 
that there shall be no trading rotations in FLEX Equity Options is 
designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to 
remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open 
market and a national market system because it provides notice to 
Participants regarding the mechanisms applicable to FLEX trading, which 
will not include trading rotations due to the customized nature of FLEX 
Equity Options and the fact that there will be no requirement for 
specific FLEX Equity Option series to be quoted or traded each 
day.\171\ The Exchange notes that QOO Orders on the Trading Floor can 
only participate in a trading rotation if entered into the BOX Book and 
as discussed herein FLEX Equity Options will not be eligible to be 
placed on the BOX Book.\172\ The Exchange also notes that another 
exchange does not hold trading rotations for FLEX Equity Options.\173\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \171\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 31920 (February 
24, 1993), 58 FR 12280, 12284 (March 3, 1993) (SR-CBOE-92-17) (Order 
Approving Proposed Rule Change by the Chicago Board Options 
Exchange, Inc. Relating to the Listing and Trading of Flexible 
Exchange Options Based on the Nasdaq 100 Index).
    \172\ See BOX Rule 7070(d).
    \173\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.31-O(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLEX Equity Option Terms
    The Exchange believes that the terms of FLEX Equity Options 
pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(e) serve to perfect the mechanism of a 
free and open market and a national market system because they will 
permit investors to customize some of the terms of their FLEX Equity 
Options to implement more precise trading strategies and hedges which 
may not be possible using Non-FLEX Equity Options.\174\ These investors 
may have improved capability to execute strategies to meet their 
specific investment objectives by using customized FLEX Equity Options. 
However, only certain terms are subject to flexible structuring by the 
parties to FLEX Equity Option transactions, and most of such terms have 
a specified number of alternative configurations. The Exchange believes 
that these restrictions are reasonable and designed to further the 
objectives of the Act and to promote just and equitable principles of 
trade because limiting FLEX Equity Option terms enables the efficient, 
centralized clearance and settlement and active secondary trading of 
opened FLEX Equity Options. Further, these terms are consistent with 
those currently offered at another exchange.\175\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \174\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) (providing that FLEX Equity 
Options shall be permitted in puts and calls that do not have the 
same exercise style, same expiration date, and same exercise price 
as Non-FLEX Equity Options that are already available for trading on 
the same underlying security).
    \175\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed rule 5055(e)(2)(v)(a) allowing a FLEX Equity Option order 
to be submitted on any trading day, including the expiration date, 
serves to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a 
national market system because it will allow investors to execute FLEX 
Equity Options at a time of their choosing. These investors may have 
improved capability to execute strategies to meet their specific 
investment objectives. Further, this rule is designed to provide 
clarity about when FLEX Equity Options may be executed. The Exchange 
believes that Floor Participants benefit from increased flexibility and 
clarity. The Exchange notes that, in another context, new series may be 
listed the day they expire. Specifically, Short Term Option Series may 
be added up to and including on the Short Term Option Expiration Date 
for that options series.\176\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \176\ See BOX IM-5050-6(b)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange also believes that proposed Rule 5055(e)(1) to prevent 
FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity Options with the same terms 
from trading concurrently is designed to promote just and equitable 
principles of trade and prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and 
practices.\177\ In particular, a Non-FLEX Equity Option trading 
pursuant to Rule 7600 as a QOO Order has different priority rules than 
a FOO Order trading pursuant to proposed Rule 7605.\178\ Allowing an 
option with the same terms to trade under both rules concurrently would 
result in inconsistent order handling and could allow the order 
priority of QOO Orders to be circumvented. Therefore, the Exchange 
proposes to prevent this situation by permitting FLEX Equity Option 
transactions only in options with a different term (exercise style, 
expiration date, or exercise price) than Non-FLEX Equity Options that 
otherwise meet the requirements of proposed Rule 5055(e). This is 
designed to prevent FLEX Equity

[[Page 88452]]

Options from being surrogates for Non-FLEX Equity Options. 
Additionally, in the event that a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is 
added intra-day, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position 
established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to 
close such position under the FLEX trading procedures against another 
closing only FLEX Equity Option position for the balance of the trading 
day on which the series is added. In the event that the Non-FLEX Equity 
Option series is added on a trading day after the position is 
established, the holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position 
established under the FLEX trading procedures would be permitted to 
close such position as a non-FLEX transaction consistent with the 
requirements of proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). This proposed rule will 
prevent an option with the same terms from trading as both a FLEX 
Equity Option and a Non-FLEX Equity Option concurrently, while 
providing a narrow exception for closing positions.\179\ Further 
opening trades in such options would be as Non-FLEX Equity Options 
subject to the Non-FLEX Equity Option trading procedures and rules, 
including Rule 7600 for Trading Floor transactions.\180\ The Exchange 
believes that enforcing consistent handling and priority for identical 
and fungible options prevents fraudulent and manipulative acts and 
practices, and promotes just and equitable principles of trade to 
protect investors and the public interest by ensuring consistent 
treatment of these options. The Exchange further believes that 
providing a narrow exception to permit the closing of a FLEX Equity 
Option position for the balance of the trading day on which the 
fungible Non-FLEX Equity Option is added perfects the mechanism of a 
free and open market and a national market system because it provides 
investors the ability to close their open FLEX Equity Option positions 
the same day as the identical Non-FLEX Equity Option is added.\181\ As 
noted herein, these requirements are consistent with those at another 
exchange.\182\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \177\ See proposed Rule 5055(e)(1).
    \178\ For example, the BOX Book will be inapplicable to FOO 
Orders and thus certain priority provisions applicable to QOO Orders 
are not applicable to FOO Orders. Specifically, FOO Order priority 
differs from QOO Order provisions related to the priority of orders 
on the BOX Book. See BOX Rules 7600(c)-(e) and (h). The priority of 
FOO Orders will be determined by proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k) and 
BOX Rule 7610.
    \179\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(2). See also proposed Rules 
7605(d)(3) and (4). See Exchange Act Release Nos. 62321 (June 17, 
2010), 75 FR 36130 (June 24, 2010) (SR-NYSEArca-2010-46) (Notice of 
Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending 
Commentary .01 to Rule 5.32 To Permit Certain FLEX Options To Trade 
Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on a Closing 
Only Basis) and 62870 (September 8, 2010), 75 FR 56147 (September 
15, 2010) (SR-CBOE-2010-078) (Notice of Filing and Immediate 
Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Permit Certain FLEX Options 
To Trade Under the FLEX Trading Procedures for a Limited Time on a 
Closing Only Basis).
    \180\ See proposed Rule 5055(f)(1). See also Exchange Act 
Release Nos. 59417 (February 18, 2009), 74 FR 8591 (February 25, 
2009) (SR-CBOE-2008-115) (Notice of Filing of Amendments No. 1 and 2 
and Order Granting Accelerated Approval to a Proposed Rule Change, 
as Modified by Amendments No. 1 And 2 Thereto, Relating to FLEX 
Options Expirations); 60548 (August 20, 2009), 74 FR 43191 (August 
26, 2009) (SR-NYSEAmex-2009-44) (Notice of Filing and Immediate 
Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change by NYSE AMEX LLC Amending the 
Permissible Expiration Dates for Flexible Exchange Options); 60549 
(August 20, 2009), 74 FR 44415 (August 28, 2009) (SR-NYSE-Arca-2009-
75) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule 
Change by NYSE Arca, Inc. Amending Permissible Expiration Dates for 
Flexible Exchange Options); and 60549 (September 16, 2009), 74 FR 
48619 (September 23, 2009) (SR-Phlx-2009-81) (Notice of Filing and 
Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to FLEX 
Option Expirations).
    \181\ The Exchange notes that investors will be able to close 
any such positions utilizing Non-FLEX Equity Option trading 
procedures beginning the next trading day.
    \182\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O, Commentary .01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Further, the Exchange believes that allowing FLEX Equity Options to 
trade in minimum increments of $0.01 \183\ perfects the mechanism of a 
free and open market and a national market system because it provides 
investors with increased ability to meet their specific investment 
objectives and allows for increased opportunities for price improvement 
through a finer trading increment. The Exchange notes that another 
exchange currently trades FLEX Equity Options in minimum increments of 
$0.01.\184\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \183\ See proposed Rule 5055(g).
    \184\ See CBOE Rule 5.4(c)(4). The Exchange notes that minimum 
increments in percentage terms are not part of this proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange further believes that subjecting FLEX Equity Options 
to the exercise by exception provisions of Rule 805 of the OCC \185\ 
fosters cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in 
regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, 
and facilitating transactions in securities.\186\ Specifically, OCC 
Rule 805 provides that, unless contrary instructions are given, option 
contracts that are in-the-money by specified amounts shall be 
automatically exercised. Application of Rule 805 to FLEX Equity Options 
provides consistency with Non-FLEX Equity Options and prevents 
confusion in the clearing process with respect to exercise 
instructions. The Exchange notes that another exchange provides that 
FLEX Equity Options shall be subject to the exercise by exception 
provisions of OCC Rule 805.\187\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \185\ See proposed Rule 5055(h).
    \186\ The Exchange notes that Rule 805 of the OCC currently 
applies to Non-FLEX Equity Options on BOX. See BOX Rule 9000(b).
    \187\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.32-O(f)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Position Limits
    Position and exercise limits are designed to address potential 
manipulative schemes and adverse market impacts surrounding the use of 
options, such as disrupting the market in the security underlying the 
options. While position and exercise limits should address and 
discourage the potential for manipulative schemes and adverse market 
impact, if such limits are set too low, participation in the options 
market may be discouraged. The Exchange believes that any decision 
regarding imposing position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options 
must therefore be balanced between mitigating concerns of any potential 
manipulation and the cost of inhibiting potential hedging activity that 
could be used for legitimate economic purposes.\188\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \188\ The Exchange notes that although no position limits are 
proposed for FLEX Equity Options, there are several mitigating 
factors, which include aggregation of FLEX Equity Option and Non-
FLEX Equity Option positions that expire on a third Friday-of-the-
month and subjecting those positions to position and exercise 
limits, and daily monitoring of market activity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Similar to the other exchanges that trade FLEX Equity Options, the 
Exchange believes that eliminating position and exercise limits for 
FLEX Equity Options, while requiring positions in FLEX Equity Options 
that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be aggregated with 
positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same underlying 
security,\189\ removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a 
free and open market and a national market system because it allows BOX 
to create a product and market that is an improved but comparable 
alternative to the OTC market in customized options. OTC transactions 
occur through bilateral agreements, the terms of which are not publicly 
disclosed to the marketplace. As such, OTC transactions do not 
contribute to the price discovery process that exists on a public 
exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \189\ See proposed Rules 5055(i) and (j). See also NYSE Arca 
Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36-O and CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 
and NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G and PHLX Options 8, Section 
34(e) and (f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed elimination of position and 
exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options may encourage market 
participants to transfer their liquidity demands from OTC markets to 
exchanges and enable liquidity providers to provide additional 
liquidity to BOX through transactions in FLEX Equity Options. The 
Exchange notes that the Commission previously approved the elimination 
of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity

[[Page 88453]]

Options, finding that such elimination would allow exchanges ``to 
better compete with the growing OTC market in customized equity 
options, thereby encouraging fair competition among brokers and dealers 
and exchange markets.'' \190\ The Commission has also stated that the 
elimination of position and exercise limits for FLEX Equity Options 
``could potentially expand the depth and liquidity of the FLEX equity 
market without significantly increasing concerns regarding intermarket 
manipulations or disruptions of the options or the underlying 
securities.'' \191\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \190\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 42223 (December 
10, 1999), 64 FR 71158, 71159 (December 20, 1999) (SR-Amex-99-40) 
(SR-PCX-99-41) (SR-CBOE-99-59) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval 
to Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Permanent Approval of the 
Elimination of Position and Exercise Limits for FLEX Equity 
Options).
    \191\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, the Exchange believes that requiring positions in 
FLEX Equity Options that expire on a third Friday-of-the-month to be 
aggregated with positions in Non-FLEX Equity Options on the same 
underlying security subjects FLEX Equity Options and Non-FLEX Equity 
Options to the same position and exercise limits on third Friday-of-
the-month expirations. These limitations are intended to serve as a 
safeguard against potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option 
positions expiring on the same day as Non-FLEX Equity Option positions. 
The Exchange notes that another exchange has the same requirement.\192\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \192\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.35-O(b)(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that any potential risk of manipulative 
activity is mitigated by existing surveillance technologies, 
procedures, and reporting requirements at the Exchange, which allows 
the Exchange to properly identify disruptive and/or manipulative 
trading activity. In addition to its own surveillance programs, the 
Exchange also works with other SROs and exchanges on intermarket 
surveillance related issues. Through its participation in the 
Intermarket Surveillance Group (``ISG'') \193\ the Exchange shares 
information and coordinates inquiries and investigations with other 
exchanges designed to address potential intermarket manipulation and 
trading abuses. The Exchange also notes that Financial Industry 
Regulatory Authority, Inc. (``FINRA''), conducts cross-market 
surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory 
services agreement.\194\ The Exchange also represents that it is 
reviewing its procedures to detect potential manipulation in light of 
any changes required for FLEX Equity Options to confirm appropriate 
surveillance coverage. These procedures utilize daily monitoring of 
market activity via automated surveillance techniques to identify 
unusual activity in both options and their underlying securities and 
are designed to protect investors and the public interest by ensuring 
that the Exchange has an adequate surveillance program in place.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \193\ ISG is an industry organization formed in 1983 to 
coordinate intermarket surveillance among the SROs by cooperatively 
sharing regulatory information pursuant to a written agreement 
between the parties. The goal of the ISG's information sharing is to 
coordinate regulatory efforts to address potential intermarket 
trading abuses and manipulations.
    \194\ The Exchange notes that it is responsible for FINRA's 
performance under this regulatory services agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that proposed Rule 5055(i)(1) further 
mitigates concerns for potential market manipulation and/or disruption 
in the underlying markets and thus protects investors and the public 
interest because position reporting will be required (other than for a 
Market Maker) and the Exchange may determine that a higher margin 
requirement is necessary in light of the risks associated with a FLEX 
Equity Option position in excess of the standard limit for Non-FLEX 
Equity Options of the same class. The Exchange may, pursuant to its 
authority under Rule 10130(b), impose additional margin upon the 
account maintaining such under-hedged position as a safeguard against 
potential adverse effects of large FLEX Equity Option positions. The 
Exchange notes that the clearing firm carrying the account will be 
subject to capital charges under SEC Rule 15c3-1 to the extent of any 
margin deficiency resulting from a higher margin requirement imposed by 
the Exchange. The Exchange also notes that other exchanges currently 
trading FLEX options have similar position and exercise limits.\195\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \195\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.35-O(a)(iii), (b) and 5.36-O and 
CBOE Rules 8.35 and 8.42 and NYSE American Rules 906G and 907G and 
PHLX Options 8, Section 34(e) and (f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Letters of Guarantee and Authorization
    Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(k), the Exchange will require FLEX 
Market Makers to provide a Letter of Guarantee issued by a clearing 
member organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting 
financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made 
by such person as long as such letter has not been revoked under Rule 
8070(c).\196\ Market Makers that are qualified by the Exchange and have 
provided such a Letter of Guarantee will be permitted to trade FLEX 
Equity Options on BOX.\197\ The Exchange believes that requiring a 
Letter of Guarantee specific to FLEX Equity Options protects investors 
and the public interest because it signifies that the clearing member 
has specifically accepted financial responsibility for transactions in 
FLEX Equity Options entered into by the Market Maker which will protect 
the counterparties of those trades and such protections will flow to 
other clearing members and ultimately to the OCC as the central 
counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX 
Equity Option transactions. The Exchange notes that another exchange 
requires a Letter of Guarantee for FLEX transactions.\198\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \196\ See proposed Rule 5055(k).
    \197\ See proposed Rule 7605(c). The Exchange notes that Market 
Makers are subject to the qualifications in Exchange rules including 
net capital and financial requirements. See BOX Rule 8000 series.
    \198\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Pursuant to proposed Rule 5055(l), prior to effecting any 
transaction in FLEX Equity Options, Floor Brokers are required to 
provide a Letter of Authorization issued by a clearing member 
organization and filed with the Exchange specifically accepting 
financial responsibility for all FLEX Equity Option transactions made 
by such person, and such letter remains in effect until a written 
revocation is received by the Exchange.\199\ Floor Brokers that have 
provided such a Letter of Authorization and are qualified by the 
Exchange will be permitted to trade FLEX Equity Options on BOX.\200\ 
The Exchange believes that requiring a Letter of Authorization specific 
to FLEX Equity Options protects investors and the public interest 
because it signifies that the clearing member has accepted financial 
responsibility for transactions in FLEX Equity Options entered into by 
the Floor Broker which will protect the counterparties of those trades 
and such protections will flow to other clearing members and ultimately 
to the OCC as the central counterparty and guarantor of both FLEX 
Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option transactions. The Exchange 
notes that another exchange requires a separate Letter of Authorization 
for Floor Brokers to trade FLEX Equity Options.\201\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \199\ See proposed Rules 5055(l) and 7605(b).
    \200\ The Exchange notes that Floor Brokers are subject to 
registration requirements in Exchange rules including a Floor Broker 
examination and other factors deemed appropriate by the Exchange. 
See BOX Rule 7550.
    \201\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.41-O(b).

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 88454]]

FOO Orders
    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to adopt a new 
order type \202\ for FLEX Equity Option transactions on the BOX Trading 
Floor is consistent with the Act. The Exchange modeled its proposed 
rule governing FOO Orders after Rule 7600 applicable to QOO Orders to 
harmonize current procedures on BOX's Trading Floor, which the Exchange 
believes will reduce investor confusion and thus remove impediments to 
and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national 
market system.\203\ Specifically, the proposed elements of a FOO Order 
are designed to aid Floor Brokers in their duties and to maintain order 
and structure on the Trading Floor. For example, as with a QOO Order, 
the rules applicable to FOO Orders will ensure that all FLEX Equity 
Option transactions executed on the Trading Floor by Floor Brokers are 
systematized before they are represented to the trading crowd and 
provide an accurate timestamp of when the order was executed by the 
Floor Broker.\204\ As described above, the main differences from QOO 
Orders are that FOO Orders will not interact with the BOX Book or the 
Complex Order Book and that Floor Brokers must allow Floor Participants 
a minimum period of time to respond to FOO Orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \202\ See proposed Rule 7605.
    \203\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 
2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Order 
Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 
and 2, To Adopt Rules for an Open-Outcry Trading Floor) (``After 
careful review and consideration of the comments received, the 
Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by 
Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, is consistent with the requirements of the 
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a 
national securities exchange.'').
    \204\ See proposed Rule 7605(e). The Exchange notes that in 
order to execute a FOO Order on the Trading Floor, it must be sent 
from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG. This requires that the 
Floor Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order. An order is 
systematized when a Floor Broker creates an electronic record of the 
order. As the Exchange described when it originally proposed the QOO 
order type, in order to execute a QOO Order from the Trading Floor, 
it must be sent from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG--which 
requires that the Floor Broker adequately systemized the QOO Order. 
See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 80720 (May 18, 2017), 82 FR 
23657, 23682 n.259 (May 23, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (Notice of Filing 
of Amendment No. 2 to a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt Rules for an 
Open-Outcry Trading Floor).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under this proposal, Floor Brokers will continue to allow a 
reasonable amount of time for Floor Participants to participate in a 
FOO Order. Additionally, the Exchange will establish and communicate 
via Regulatory Notice a minimum time that Floor Brokers must provide 
for Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders, which amount of time 
must be between three seconds and five minutes. While other exchanges 
have adopted RFQ processes for FLEX Equity Options,\205\ the Exchange 
has proposed to follow a similar approach for trading FLEX Equity 
Options as CBOE, which does not have a different open outcry process 
for FLEX Option transactions as compared to non-FLEX Option 
transactions, but does establish a different order announcement process 
that requires a reasonable amount of time for traders to respond to a 
FLEX Order.\206\ In fact, the Exchange notes that CBOE recently changed 
its process for FLEX Option transactions from conducting a RFQ process 
to utilizing the same process as for a non-FLEX Option on its trading 
floor.\207\ In its rule filing, CBOE stated that aligning the open 
outcry process for FLEX Options with that of non-FLEX Options may 
reduce confusion regarding how FLEX Orders may trade in open outcry and 
encourage the submission of FLEX Orders for execution.\208\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \205\ See NYSE Arca Rule 5.33-O and PHLX Options 8, Section 
34(c) and NYSE American Rule 904G.
    \206\ See CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(1) (providing that FLEX Traders have 
a reasonable amount of time (which amount of time must be between 
three seconds and five minutes) from the time a FLEX Trader requests 
a quote in a FLEX Option series or represents a FLEX Order 
(including announcing a crossing transaction pursuant to Rule 5.87) 
to respond with bids and offers). The Exchange notes that PHLX has 
also taken a similar approach to CBOE. See Securities Exchange Act 
Release No. 97658 (June 7, 2023), 88 FR 38562 (June 13, 2023) (SR-
Phlx-2023-22) (Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of 
Proposed Rule Change To Amend Various Options 8 Rules).
    \207\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87235 (October 4, 
2019), 84 FR 54671 (October 10, 2019) (SR-CBOE-2019-084) (Notice of 
Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to 
Extend the Operation of its Flexible Exchange Options (``FLEX 
Options'') Pilot Program Regarding Permissible Exercise Settlement 
Values for FLEX Index Options).
    \208\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange similarly proposes to align its open outcry process 
for FLEX Equity Options with that of Non-FLEX Equity Options and to 
establish a minimum time for responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange also 
believes that, in addition to the required minimum time, it is 
appropriate to continue to have Options Exchange Officials determine 
whether Floor Participants have been provided a reasonable amount of 
time to respond to a FOO Order, which is consistent with the current 
procedure on the BOX Trading Floor for QOO Orders.\209\ The Options 
Exchange Official will make this determination on a case-by-case basis 
based on the current market conditions and trading activity on the 
Trading Floor.\210\ Options Exchange Officials are employees of the 
Exchange, reporting to the Chief Regulatory Officer, and are trained 
and qualified to enforce the Exchange's rules. The Exchange believes 
that Options Exchange Officials will ensure that FOO Orders follow the 
Exchange's rules, including that FLEX Market Makers are provided a 
reasonable amount of time to respond.\211\ FLEX Market Makers that do 
not believe a reasonable amount of time to respond was provided may 
appeal any related determination of an Options Exchange Official to the 
Exchange's Chief Regulatory Officer.\212\ Additionally, Floor Brokers 
have a general responsibility to use due diligence to cause orders to 
be executed at the best price or prices available to them in accordance 
with the Rules of the Exchange.\213\ Further, it shall be considered 
conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade for 
any Floor Broker to intentionally disrupt the open outcry process.\214\ 
Thus, the Exchange believes that the proposed process promotes just and 
equitable principles of trade and removes impediments to and perfects 
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system 
because the proposed process provides substantially similar 
opportunities for Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders as an RFQ 
process while maintaining consistency with existing Exchange processes 
for transactions on the Trading Floor. As noted herein, the proposed 
open outcry process is safeguarded by enforcement of the Exchange's 
rules by Options Exchange Officials. The Exchange again notes that, 
except for the inclusion of a minimum time period that a Floor Broker 
must allow Floor Participants to respond to FOO Orders, the proposed 
open outcry process for FOO Orders is similar to the current process 
for QOO Orders. Therefore, the Exchange believes the proposal will 
serve to avoid confusion

[[Page 88455]]

and increase efficiency on the BOX Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \209\ See supra note 158 (describing that the minimum time 
period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, will 
be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory 
Notice).
    \210\ The Exchange has a Minor Rule Violation Program (``MRVP'') 
pursuant to Rule 12140 (Imposition of Fines for Minor Rule 
Violations). The MRVP provides in part that improper vocalization of 
a trade may result in sanction. See BOX Rule 12140.
    \211\ See supra note 158 (describing that the minimum time 
period, which must be between three seconds and five minutes, will 
be established by the Exchange and communicated via Regulatory 
Notice).
    \212\ See BOX Rule 7640(e).
    \213\ See BOX Rule 7570.
    \214\ See BOX IM-7580-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 7605(b) states that FOO Orders will be limited solely 
to the Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that limiting FOO Orders to 
the Trading Floor is consistent with the Act because, due to their 
unique and customizable nature, FLEX Equity Option transactions are 
well suited for a trading floor environment where the terms of such 
options can be effectively negotiated. The Exchange notes that other 
exchanges limit FLEX Equity Options trading to their respective trading 
floors.\215\ To the extent the Exchange determines to adopt an 
electronic mechanism for the trading of FLEX Equity Options, it will 
file a subsequent proposed rule change with the Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \215\ See NYSE American Rule 904G and NYSE Arca Rule 5.33-O and 
PHLX Options 8, Section 34(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 7605(c) provides that FLEX Market Makers must be 
registered under Rule 8000 and must be Floor Market Makers in good 
standing under Rule 8500, which protects investors and the public 
interest by ensuring that Market Makers are qualified to perform their 
duties, including filing an application, demonstrating knowledge of 
FLEX Equity Options, and providing additional information as the 
Exchange may consider necessary. The Exchange shall qualify at least 
three FLEX Market Makers in accordance with a FLEX-specific 
qualification process prescribed by the Exchange to provide competition 
for FOO Orders and reasonable opportunities for Participants to get 
quotes on FLEX Equity Options. The requirement to qualify at least 
three FLEX Market Makers is designed to remove impediments to and 
perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market 
system. Similarly to Floor Market Makers, FLEX Market Makers will also 
be subject to Rule 8510, including provisions for the course and 
conduct of dealings, class assignments, and option priority and parity, 
unless otherwise specified in proposed Rule 7605.\216\ Specifically, 
Rule 8510 provides that transactions of a Floor Market Maker should 
constitute a course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to 
the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, quoting obligations, 
restrictions on trading in certain circumstances, and restrictions on 
conduct related to the allocation of trades. These rules are designed 
to protect investors and the public interest and are therefore 
consistent with the Act.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \216\ Pursuant to proposed Rule 7605(h), FLEX Market Makers have 
an obligation to quote a FLEX Equity Option in response to any 
request for quote by a Floor Broker or Options Exchange Official and 
must provide a two-sided market.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 7605(d) states that FOO Orders may be Complex FOO 
Orders or Multi-Leg FOO Orders, including as tied hedge orders, and 
that these orders may be crossed.\217\ However, the priority provisions 
of Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) do not apply to Complex FOO Orders or 
Multi-Leg FOO Orders because there will be no pre-established series 
and no electronic trading.\218\ Further, only FLEX Equity Options on 
the same underlying and of the same exercise style (American or 
European) may be part of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order. 
Additionally, if a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added intra-day for 
a component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order, the 
holder or writer of a FLEX Equity Option position in the component 
leg(s) resulting from such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order 
would be permitted to close its position(s) under the FLEX trading 
procedures against another closing only FLEX Equity Option position for 
the balance of the trading day on which the Non-FLEX Equity Option 
series is added. If a Non-FLEX Equity Option series is added for a 
component leg(s) of a Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order on a 
trading day after the position is established, the holder or writer of 
a FLEX Equity Option position in the component leg(s) resulting from 
such Complex FOO Order or Multi-Leg FOO Order would be required to 
execute separate FLEX Equity Option and Non-FLEX Equity Option 
transactions to close its position(s), such that FLEX Equity Option 
component leg(s) would trade under the FLEX trading procedures and Non-
FLEX Equity Option component leg(s) would trade subject to the non-FLEX 
trading procedures and rules. These proposed rules are designed to 
maintain order and structure, to detail the operation of Complex FOO 
Order and Multi-Leg FOO Order trading on the Trading Floor, and are 
similar to BOX's current Rule 7600(a)(4). The Exchange is proposing to 
use similar procedures for the trading of Complex QOO Orders, multi-leg 
QOO Orders, Complex FOO Orders, and Multi-Leg FOO Orders on the BOX 
Trading Floor because it will reduce investor confusion and increase 
efficiency. Additionally, offering order functionality such as Complex 
FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, and tied hedge orders provides 
investors with the flexibility and capability to meet their investment 
and hedging objectives. For these reasons, the Exchange believes that 
allowing Complex FOO Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, and tied hedge 
orders removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and 
open market and a national market system and is therefore consistent 
with the Act. The Exchange notes that another exchange allows complex 
orders and tied hedge orders for FLEX Equity Options.\219\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \217\ See proposed Rule 7605(d), proposed IM-7605-2(d) and 
current IM-7600-2.
    \218\ BOX Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) provide priority provisions 
for Complex Orders that take into consideration the prices of orders 
on the BOX Book and the Complex Order Book. Because there will be no 
BOX Book or Complex Book for Complex FOO Orders, there is no 
priority of orders on the BOX Book or Complex Book applicable to 
Complex FOO Orders. This is a distinction from Rule 7600(c), which, 
for purposes of QOO Orders, excludes the priority rules for Complex 
Orders contained in Rules 7240(b)(2) and (3) only from multi-leg QOO 
Orders that are not Complex Orders.
    \219\ See CBOE Rules 5.70(b) and 1.1 (definition of, ``Complex 
Order'') (providing that the term ``complex order'' means an order 
involving the concurrent execution of two or more different series 
in the same underlying security or index (the ``legs'' or 
``components'' of the complex order), for the same account, 
occurring at or near the same time and for the purpose of executing 
a particular investment strategy with no more than the applicable 
number of legs (which number CBOE determines on a class-by-class 
basis)). The Exchange notes that the term ``complex order'' on CBOE 
includes both Complex Orders and Multi-Leg Orders, as those terms 
are defined on BOX. See also CBOE Rule 5.87 Interpretations and 
Policies .07 and Securities Exchange Act Release No. 93122 
(September 24, 2021), 86 FR 54269 (September 30, 2021) (Order 
Granting Approval of SR-CBOE-2021-041).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Another provision designed to maintain order and structure on the 
Trading Floor is the Exchange's proposal that FOO Orders entrusted to a 
Floor Broker will be considered a Not Held Order, unless otherwise 
specified by a Floor Broker's client.\220\ In particular, considering 
orders as Not Held will aid Floor Brokers in their duties on the 
Trading Floor because it provides clarity to both Floor Brokers and 
their clients regarding how each order is to be handled. Additionally, 
this rule is consistent with the current handling of QOO Orders on the 
BOX Trading Floor which will avoid confusion, increase efficiency, and 
ensure consistent treatment of orders on the Trading Floor. The 
Exchange further believes that this proposed rule protects investors 
and the public interest by clarifying order handling duties and 
expectations between Floor Brokers and Participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \220\ See proposed Rule 7605(l). See also NYSE Arca Rules 5.34-O 
and 6.62-O(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Additionally, the requirement, in proposed IM-7605-2, that 
Participants disclose Public Customer Orders subject to crossing with 
an order that is not a

[[Page 88456]]

Public Customer Order and all securities that are components of the 
Public Customer Order is designed to maintain order and structure on 
the Trading Floor.\221\ The rule also clarifies that Complex FOO 
Orders, Multi-Leg FOO Orders, or tied hedge orders on opposite sides of 
the market may be crossed subject to limitations.\222\ The Exchange 
believes that providing clarity will remove impediments to and perfect 
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system 
and that full disclosure will prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts 
and practices by providing complete information to Participants which 
may prompt them to improve upon the Floor Broker's proposed crossing 
price. Additionally, rules governing how long a response is in effect 
and the effect of an established market on priority create order and 
structure on the Trading Floor.\223\ The Exchange believes that such 
order and structure protects investors and the public and notes that 
the same rules apply to QOO Orders.\224\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \221\ See proposed IM-7605-2(a) and (e).
    \222\ See proposed IM-7605-2(d).
    \223\ See proposed IM-7605-2(b) and (c).
    \224\ See BOX IM-7600-1. The Exchanges notes that the portion of 
IM-7600-1 that references BOX Book Priority is not included in 
proposed IM-7605-2 because, as discussed, the BOX Book is not 
available for transactions in FLEX Equity Options.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 7605(e) is designed to aid Floor Brokers in their 
duties and to maintain structure and order on the Trading Floor. For 
example, by providing that a FOO Order is not executed until it is 
processed by the Trading Host,\225\ the Exchange is providing an 
accurate timestamp of when the order was actually executed by the Floor 
Broker and not just when it was submitted to the Exchange.\226\ 
Additionally, the process whereby Floor Brokers are required to 
systematize orders in their systems is designed to provide a complete 
and accurate audit trail and minimize the occurrence of disputes and 
regulatory violations.\227\ After systematization, a Floor Broker's 
system will then be required to send an order to the BOG. Further, 
Floor Brokers are responsible for providing the correct allocations of 
the initiating side of the FOO Order to an Options Exchange Official or 
his or her designee, if necessary, after order execution.\228\ Floor 
Brokers will also be required to ascertain that at least one FLEX 
Market Maker is present in the Crowd Area prior to announcing a FOO 
Order for execution, which is designed to increase competition for FLEX 
Equity Option interest on the Trading Floor.\229\ The Exchange notes 
that these rules are substantially similar to those currently in place 
for QOO Orders on the BOX Trading Floor.\230\ The Exchange believes 
that having substantially similar rules for all orders on the BOX 
Trading Floor will avoid any potential confusion and increase 
efficiency on the BOX Trading Floor, which will further the objectives 
and goals of the Act by helping to prevent fraudulent and manipulative 
acts and practices, promoting just and equitable principles of trade, 
and removing impediments to and perfecting the mechanisms of a free and 
open market and a national market system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \225\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(2).
    \226\ FOO Orders will be submitted by Floor Brokers to the BOG, 
which is a component of the Trading Host. A Floor Broker will have a 
connection to the BOG giving the Floor Broker the ability to submit 
FOO Orders to the Trading Host.
    \227\ In order to execute a FOO Order on the Trading Floor, it 
must be sent from a Floor Broker's system to the BOG. This requires 
that the Floor Broker adequately systematized the FOO Order prior to 
announcing the FOO Order to the trading crowd. See proposed Rule 
7605(b).
    \228\ See proposed Rule 7605(j).
    \229\ See proposed Rule 7605(e)(3).
    \230\ See BOX Rule 7600(d)(4). See also BOX Rule 7580(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLEX Market Maker Requirements
    The Exchange believes that the proposed rules applicable to FLEX 
Market Makers are reasonable and will foster cooperation and 
coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in 
securities, promote just and equitable principles of trade, and remove 
impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and 
a national market system. Specifically, proposed Rules 7605(f), (g) and 
(h) state: (1) that the minimum size for FLEX Equity Option 
transactions and quotations shall be 1 contract; (2) that there are no 
maximum bid to ask spread differentials for FLEX Equity Option quotes; 
and (3) that FLEX Market Makers have an obligation to quote a FLEX 
Equity Option in response to any request for quote by a Floor Broker or 
Options Exchange Official and must provide a two-sided market.\231\ The 
Exchange believes that these rules reflect the unique nature of FLEX 
Equity Option trading which occurs relatively infrequently and with 
option premiums that can vary widely because any exercise price (in 
minimum increments of $0.01) and any expiration date on a business day 
within 15 years of trade date may be traded.\232\ The Exchange believes 
that these requirements strike a balance between the complexity of 
quoting customized options and the need to ensure that Floor Brokers 
are able to get a quote for any FLEX Equity Option selected by their 
clients. Further, these requirements remove impediments to and perfect 
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system by 
ensuring that there is a procedure in place to receive a two-sided 
quote for each FOO Order brought to the BOX Trading Floor. The Exchange 
notes that these requirements are similar to those currently in place 
at BOX and another options exchange.\233\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \231\ See proposed Rules 7605(f)-(h).
    \232\ See proposed Rule 5055(e).
    \233\ See NYSE Arca Rules 5.32-O(b)(7) and 5.37-O(d) and BOX 
Rule 8510(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Priority of Orders and Allocation of Trades
    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule to provide a Floor 
Broker with a guarantee or entitlement to cross 40% of the remaining 
contracts of the original order, after all bids or offers at better 
prices are filled, with other orders that he is holding,\234\ is 
reasonable and is consistent with the Act. Specifically, proposed Rules 
7605(i) and (k) will reward Floor Brokers who bring orders of an 
eligible size determined by the Exchange but not less than 50 contracts 
to the Exchange by guaranteeing them the ability to cross 40% of the 
remaining contracts of those orders after any better priced interest 
has been filled. The Exchange believes that establishing an eligible 
size for such guarantee for at least 50 contracts will encourage larger 
negotiated transactions while providing Floor Participants with a 
reasonable opportunity to participate. The Exchange notes that other 
options exchanges provide a guarantee for FLEX Equity Options on their 
trading floors.\235\ Additionally, the Exchange

[[Page 88457]]

currently provides a similar guarantee with respect to QOO Orders 
executed on the BOX Trading Floor.\236\ Allowing a similar guarantee 
for QOO Orders and FOO Orders is intended to maintain consistency and 
increase efficiency for the different order types offered on the BOX 
Trading Floor. The Exchange believes that allowing a guarantee will 
promote just and equitable principles of trade and remove impediments 
to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national 
market system by encouraging Floor Brokers to bring orders to the 
Trading Floor while maintaining the ability of other Floor Participants 
to participate in floor transactions and compete for such orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \234\ See proposed Rules 7605(i) and (k).
    \235\ See NYSE American Rule 904G(e)(iii) (providing that ``[i]n 
the case of FLEX Equity Options only and notwithstanding [Rules 
904G(e)(i) and (ii)], whenever the Submitting Member has indicated 
an intention to cross or act as principal on the trade and has 
matched or improved the BBO during the BBO Improvement Interval, the 
Submitting Member will be permitted to execute the contra side of 
the trade that is the subject of the Request for Quotes, to the 
extent of at least 40% of the trade'') and PHLX Rule Options 8, 
Section 34(c)(5) (``In the case of FLEX equity options only and 
notwithstanding [Section 34(c)(4)], whenever the Requesting Member 
has indicated an intention to cross or act as principal on the trade 
and has matched or improved the BBO during the BBO Improvement 
Interval, the Requesting Member will be permitted to execute the 
contra side of the trade that is the subject of the RFQs, to the 
extent of at least 40% of the trade, provided the order is a Public 
Customer order or an order respecting the Requesting Member's firm 
proprietary account.''). See also NYSE American Rule 904G(f) (``A 
Submitting Member may effect crossing transactions only on public 
customer orders or orders respecting the Submitting Member's firm 
proprietary account.''). The Exchange notes differences between the 
guarantees on NYSE American and PHLX and the guarantee on BOX. 
First, neither PHLX nor NYSE American set an eligible order size and 
BOX proposes an eligible order size, determined by the Exchange, of 
50 or more contracts. Further, both NYSE American and PHLX require 
the contra side of a crossing order subject to the 40% guaranteed 
allocation to be either a Public Customer order or an order 
respecting the submitting firm's proprietary account whereas BOX 
does not impose such limitations. The Exchange notes that not 
limiting contra side participant types is consistent with current 
BOX rules on the Trading Floor for QOO Orders.
    \236\ See BOX Rule 7600(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that, after the allocation of any bids and 
offers at better prices and any eligible Floor Broker guarantee, 
allocating FLEX Equity Option trades between Floor Participants 
pursuant to the priority provisions of Rule 7610 is reasonable and 
promotes just and equitable principles of trade. The Exchange notes 
that, pursuant to Rule 7610, bids and offers are considered in order of 
the highest bid/lowest offer and priority shall be afforded to such 
bids and offers in the sequence in which they are made. In situations 
where the sequence cannot be determined, Floor Participants are treated 
on an equal basis and receive an equal number of contracts to the 
extent mathematically possible.\237\ The Exchange believes that Rule 
7610 is designed to be a fair and impartial method of trade allocation, 
to promote competition between Floor Participants, and to encourage 
quick responses of bids and offers at the best available prices. 
Additionally, consistent and objective trade allocation on the BOX 
Trading Floor may encourage FLEX Market Makers to provide liquidity 
which may improve the quality of responses to FOO Orders. The Exchange 
notes that Rule 7610 is currently applicable to QOO Orders on the BOX 
Trading Floor \238\ and that other exchanges use a similar 
procedure.\239\ Further, if interest remains after Floor Participants 
that responded with interest receive their allocation, the remaining 
quantity of the initiating side of the FOO Order will be allocated to 
the executing Floor Broker. This allocation is designed to further 
incentivize Floor Brokers after first allowing Floor Participants an 
opportunity to participate in the trade.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \237\ See BOX Rule 7610.
    \238\ The Exchange notes that split-price priority applicable to 
QOO Orders is not applicable to FOO Orders. Split-price priority 
allows a Participant effecting a trade that betters the market to 
have priority on the balance of that trade at the next pricing 
increment, even if there are orders in the book at the same price. 
BOX Book will not be applicable to FOO Orders and thus there is no 
need for split-price priority. Accordingly, the Exchange does not 
propose to adopt provisions analogous to Rule 7600(i), IM-7600-6, or 
IM-7600-7 in proposed Rule 7605.
    \239\ CBOE Rule 5.72(d)(2) provides that FLEX Orders are 
allocated only to responses from the trading crowd pursuant to Rules 
5.85(a)(1) and (2)(C). Rule 5.85(a)(1) provides that bids and offers 
with the highest bid and lowest offer have priority and (2)(C) 
establishes priority between in-crowd market participants at the 
same price. The Exchange believes that these rules are similar to 
BOX Rule 7610 and are appropriate for FLEX Equity Option trading. 
But see NYSE Arca Rules 5.30-O(d) (providing that priority and order 
allocation procedures for open outcry do not apply to FLEX Equity 
Options) and 5.33-O (providing a RFQ procedure for FLEX transactions 
including priority provisions that provide priority in certain 
instances to FLEX Qualified Market Makers and limited priority to 
the submitting firm if it has matched or improved the market on NYSE 
Arca). As discussed herein, the Exchange does not believe that a RFQ 
procedure is necessary for FLEX Equity Option trading on BOX. 
Similarly, CBOE does not have a specific open outcry procedure for 
FLEX transactions. See CBOE Rule 5.72(d) (providing that a 
submitting FLEX Trader may represent and execute a FLEX Order on the 
Exchange's trading floor in the same manner as a Trading Permit 
Holder may represent and execute an order for a non-FLEX Option).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change to add certain 
proposed rules as eligible for a minor rule fine disposition under its 
MRVP will assist the Exchange in preventing fraudulent and manipulative 
acts and practices and promoting just and equitable principles of 
trade, and will serve to remove impediments to and perfect the 
mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, 
in general, protect investors and the public interest. In particular, 
the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes to Rule 12140(e) 
are consistent with Section 6(b)(6) of the Act,\240\ which provides 
that members and persons associated with members shall be appropriately 
disciplined for violation of the provisions of the rules of the 
exchange, by expulsion, suspension, limitation of activities, 
functions, and operations, fine, censure, being suspended or barred 
from being associated with a member, or any other fitting sanction. As 
noted, the proposed rule change adds certain rules as eligible for a 
minor rule fine disposition under the Exchange's MRVP. The Exchange 
believes violations of proposed Rules 7605 and 7605(h) to be minor in 
nature and will be more appropriately disciplined through the 
Exchange's MRVP, and therefore proposes to add them to the list of 
rules in Rule 12140(e) eligible for a minor rule fine disposition. The 
Exchange also believes that the proposed change is designed to provide 
a fair procedure for the disciplining of members and persons associated 
with members, consistent with Sections 6(b)(7) and 6(d) of the 
Act.\241\ Rule 12140, currently and as amended, does not preclude a 
Participant or person associated with or employed by a Participant from 
contesting an alleged violation and receiving a hearing on the matter 
with the same procedural rights through a litigated disciplinary 
proceeding. Further, the Exchange will be able to carry out its 
regulatory responsibility more quickly and efficiently by incorporating 
these violations into the MRVP. The Exchange notes that these 
violations are consistent with violations at other options 
exchanges.\242\ The Exchange also notes that the proposed additional 
violations are similar to minor rule violations already designated in 
the Exchange's MRVP for activities related to the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \240\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(6).
    \241\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(7) and 78f(d).
    \242\ See, e.g., NYSE Arca Rule 10.12(h) and CBOE Rule 
13.15(g)(9).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In requesting the proposed additions to BOX Rule 12140(e), the 
Exchange in no way minimizes the importance of compliance with Exchange 
Rules and all other rules subject to the imposition of fines under the 
MRVP. Minor rule fines provide a meaningful sanction for minor or 
technical violations of rules when the conduct at issue does not 
warrant stronger, immediately reportable disciplinary sanctions. The 
inclusion of a rule in the Exchange's MRVP does not minimize the 
importance of compliance with the rule, nor does it preclude the 
Exchange from choosing to pursue violations of eligible rules through a 
Letter of Consent if the nature of the violations or prior disciplinary 
history warrants more significant sanctions. Rather, the Exchange 
believes that the proposed rule change will strengthen the Exchange's 
ability to carry out its oversight and enforcement responsibilities in 
cases where full disciplinary proceedings are unwarranted in view of 
the minor nature of the particular violation. Rather, the option to 
impose a minor rule sanction gives the Exchange

[[Page 88458]]

additional flexibility to administer its enforcement program in the 
most effective and efficient manner while still fully meeting the 
Exchange's remedial objectives in addressing violative conduct. 
Specifically, the proposed rule change is designed to prevent 
fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices because it will provide 
the Exchange the ability to issue a minor rule fine for violations 
relating to FOO Orders and FLEX Market Maker quoting of FLEX Equity 
Options where a more formal disciplinary action may not be warranted or 
appropriate. Finally, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule 
change will reinforce its surveillance and enforcement functions.
    The Exchange believes that amending Rule 7620 and IM-7620-1 to 
exclude FLEX Equity Options is consistent with proposed Rule 5055(c) 
which provides that Rule 7620 shall not apply to transactions in FLEX 
Equity Options. The amendment is designed to provide clarity by adding 
FLEX Equity Options to the exclusion list in Rule 7620 and IM-7620-1 to 
clarify that neither Cabinet orders nor Sub-Penny Cabinet orders will 
be available for FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange believes further 
that this amendment will protect investors and the public interest by 
removing potential ambiguity between Rule 7620 and proposed Rules 5055 
and 7605 and is therefore consistent with the Act.
    Lastly, the amendment of Rule 100(b)(3) to remove specific rule 
references is designed to clarify that all Exchange options 
transactions shall be executed automatically by the Trading Host as 
provided in applicable Exchange Rules. The Exchange believes that this 
amendment will protect investors and the public interest by removing 
potential ambiguity created by a list of specific rule references that 
may not be complete and is therefore consistent with the Act.
    The Exchange reiterates that FLEX Equity Options are currently 
traded on four other options exchanges currently conducting options 
trading.\243\ Therefore, the proposed rules perfect the mechanism of a 
free and open market and protect investors and the public interest by 
establishing FLEX Equity Options and FOO Orders on the BOX Trading 
Floor, which would provide market participants an additional execution 
venue to provide and seek liquidity for their customized orders, 
thereby increasing the opportunities to execute such orders to the 
benefit of all market participants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \243\ FLEX options are currently traded on CBOE, NYSE American, 
NYSE Arca, and PHLX.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Section 11(a) Analysis
    The proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(a) of the 
Act and the rules thereunder. Section 11(a)(1) of the Act \244\ 
prohibits a member of a national securities exchange from effecting 
transactions on that exchange for its own account, the account of an 
associated person, or an account over which it or its associated person 
exercises investment discretion (collectively, ``covered accounts''), 
unless an exception applies. Sections 11(a)(1)(A)-(I) of the Act \245\ 
and the rules thereunder provide certain exemptions from this general 
prohibition, including the exemption set forth in Rule 11a2-2(T) under 
the Act.\246\ The proposed rule change would not limit in any way the 
obligation of a Participant, while acting as a Floor Broker or 
otherwise, to comply with Section 11(a) of the Act or the rules 
thereunder.\247\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \244\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1).
    \245\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(A)-(I).
    \246\ 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
    \247\ A Floor Broker may utilize the Trading Floor to effect a 
transaction for a covered account only pursuant to Rule 7540 and for 
purposes of liquidating error positions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As described above, the Exchange proposes to apply existing IM-
7600-5 to FLEX Equity Options,\248\ which states that a Participant 
shall not utilize the Trading Floor to effect any transaction for a 
covered account by relying on the G Exemption.\249\ Because no covered 
account transactions utilizing the Trading Floor may rely on the G 
Exemption, Participants utilizing the Trading Floor to effect 
transactions for covered accounts may only rely upon other exemptions 
to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition.\250\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \248\ See proposed Rule 5055(c) (stating that IM-7600-5 shall 
apply to FLEX Equity Options).
    \249\ 15 U.S.C. 78k(a)(1)(G). Section 11(a)(1)(G) of the Act 
provides an exemption from the general prohibition in Section 
11(a)(1) of the Act for any transaction for a member's own account, 
provided that: (i) such member is primarily engaged in the business 
of underwriting and distributing securities issued by other persons, 
selling securities to customers, and acting as broker, or any one or 
more of such activities, and whose gross income normally is derived 
principally from such business and related activities; and (ii) such 
transaction is effected in compliance with rules of the Commission 
which, as a minimum, assure that the transaction is not inconsistent 
with the maintenance of fair and orderly markets and yields 
priority, parity, and precedence in execution to orders for the 
account of persons who are not members or associated with members of 
the exchange. See also 17 CFR 240.11a1-1(T) (setting forth 
requirements for relying on the G Exemption).
    \250\ Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules thereunder provide 
other exemptions to the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition, including, for 
example, the ``effect versus execute'' exemption (as discussed 
below), the exemption for transactions by a dealer acting in the 
capacity of a market maker, and the exemption for transactions to 
offset a transaction made in error.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In addition to statutory exemptions, Rule 11a2-2(T) under the 
Act,\251\ known as the ``effect versus execute'' rule, provides 
Participants with an exemption from the Section 11(a)(1) prohibition. 
Rule 11a2-2(T) permits a Participant, subject to certain conditions, to 
effect transactions for covered accounts by arranging for an 
unaffiliated Participant, acting as a Floor Broker, to execute 
transactions on the Exchange. To comply with Rule 11a2-2(T)'s 
conditions, the initiating Participant: (i) must transmit the order 
from off the Trading Floor; (ii) may not participate in the execution 
of the transaction once the order has been transmitted to the 
Participant performing the execution; \252\ (iii) may not be affiliated 
with the executing Participant; and (iv) with respect to an account 
over which the Participant or an associated person has investment 
discretion, neither the Participant nor an associated person may retain 
any compensation in connection with effecting the transaction except as 
provided in the Rule. For the reasons set forth below, the Exchange 
believes that Participants utilizing FOO Orders on the Trading Floor 
may comply with the conditions of Rule 11a2-2(T) under the Act.\253\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \251\ 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T).
    \252\ This prohibition also applies to associated persons of the 
initiating Participant. The Participant may, however, participate in 
clearing and settling the transaction.
    \253\ The Commission has previously found that the all-
electronic transactions effected through the Trading Host are 
consistent with the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act and 
Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder. See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act 
Release Nos. 72848 (August 14, 2014), 79 FR 49361 (August 20, 2014) 
(SR-BOX-2014-16) (order approving the Exchange's proposal to adopt 
new trade allocation algorithms for matching trades at the 
conclusion of the PIP and the COPIP); and 66871 (April 27, 2012), 77 
FR 26323 (May 3, 2012) (order granting the Exchange's application 
for registration as a national securities exchange). The Commission 
has also found that transactions effected by Participants through 
the Trading Floor are consistent with the requirements of Section 
11(a) of the Act and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder. See Securities 
Exchange Act Release No. 81292 (August 2, 2017), 82 FR 37144 (August 
8, 2017) (SR-BOX-2016-48) (order approving the Exchange's proposal 
to adopt rules for an open-outcry Trading Floor).

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 88459]]

    Rule 11a2-2(T)'s first requirement is that orders for covered 
accounts be transmitted from off the Trading Floor. The Commission has 
found that the off-floor transmission requirement is met if a covered 
account order is transmitted from a remote location directly to an 
exchange's floor by electronic means.\254\ Floor Brokers will receive 
matched or unmatched orders either via telephone, or electronically to 
the Floor Broker's order entry mechanism. A Participant could submit an 
order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to an 
unaffiliated Floor Broker for representation on the Trading Floor and 
use the ``effect versus execute'' exemption (assuming the other 
conditions of the rule are satisfied). A Participant that submits a FOO 
Order for a covered account utilizing the Trading Floor, and who wishes 
to rely on the ``effect versus execute'' exemption, must submit the 
order from off the Trading Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \254\ See, e.g., Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 15533 
(January 29, 1979), 44 FR 6084 (January 31, 1979) (``1979 
Release''); and 14563 (March 14, 1978), 43 FR 11542 (March 17, 1978) 
(``1978 Release'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Second, Rule 11a2-2(T) requires that neither the initiating 
Participant nor an associated person of the initiating Participant 
participate in the execution of the transaction at any time after the 
order for the transaction has been transmitted. At no time following 
the submission of a FOO Order utilizing the Trading Floor will the 
submitting Participant or any associated person of such Participant 
acquire control or influence over the result or timing of the order's 
execution.\255\ In addition, once a Floor Broker submits a FOO order to 
the BOG for execution, neither the Floor Broker nor anyone else may 
alter the terms of the order.\256\ Moreover, when a Floor Broker 
submits a FOO Order for execution, the order will be executed in 
accordance with Exchange rules and based on market conditions of when 
the order is received by the Trading Host.\257\ Accordingly, a 
Participant and its associated persons would not participate in the 
execution of a FOO Order submitted for execution utilizing the Trading 
Floor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \255\ A Participant may cancel or modify the FOO Order, or 
modify the instructions for executing the FOO Order. The Commission 
has stated that the nonparticipation requirement is satisfied under 
such circumstances so long as the modifications or cancellations are 
also transmitted from off the floor. See 1978 Release, supra note 
248, at 11547 (stating that the ``non-participation requirement does 
not prevent initiating members from canceling of modifying orders 
(or the instructions pursuant to which the initiating member wishes 
orders to be executed) after the orders have been transmitted to the 
executing member, provided that any such instructions are also 
transmitted from off the floor'').
    \256\ See proposed Rule 7600(c).
    \257\ See proposed Rule 7600(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Third, Rule 11a2-2(T) requires that the order be executed by a 
Participant that is not associated with the Participant initiating the 
order. To rely on the exemption in Rule 11a2-2(T), a Participant could 
submit a FOO Order for a covered account from off the Trading Floor to 
an unaffiliated Floor Broker. A Participant relying on Rule 11a2-2(T) 
could not submit a FOO Order for a covered account to its ``house'' 
Floor Broker on the Trading Floor for execution. If a Participant sends 
its FOO Order from off the floor to an affiliated Participant that is 
on the floor, who then directs the order into the Trading Host for 
execution, the off-floor Participant may not rely on the exemption in 
Rule 11a2-2(T).
    Fourth, in the case of a transaction effected for an account with 
respect to which the initiating Participant or an associated person 
thereof exercises investment discretion, neither the initiating 
Participant nor any associated person may retain any compensation in 
connection with effecting the transaction, unless the person authorized 
to transact business for the account has expressly provided otherwise 
by written contract referring to Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 
11a2-2(T) thereunder.\258\ Participants and their associated persons 
trading for covered accounts over which they exercise investment 
discretion must comply with this condition in order to rely on the 
rule's exemption.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \258\ In addition, Rule 11a2-2(T)(d) requires that, if a 
Participant or associated person is authorized by written contract 
to retain compensation in connection with effecting transactions for 
covered accounts over which the Participant or associated person 
thereof exercises investment discretion, the Participant or 
associated person must furnish at least annually to the person 
authorized to transact business for the account a statement setting 
forth the total amount of compensation retained by the Participant 
or any associated person thereof in connection with effecting 
transactions for the account during the period covered by the 
statement. See 17 CFR 240.11a2-2(T)(d). See also 1978 Release, supra 
note 248, at 11548 (stating that ``[t]he contractual and disclosure 
requirements are designed to assure that accounts electing to permit 
transaction-related compensation do so only after deciding that such 
arrangements are suitable to their interests'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition

    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will 
impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in 
furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that other 
exchanges currently offer FLEX option trading on their respective 
trading floors. The Exchange believes that the proposed rules will 
allow BOX to compete with these other exchanges and provide an 
additional execution venue for these transactions for market 
participants. Thus, the proposed rules will promote intermarket 
competition by increasing the number of exchanges where FLEX Equity 
Options can be traded. The proposal also promotes intermarket 
competition by providing another alternative, exchange markets, to 
bilateral OTC trading of options with flexible terms. Exchange markets, 
in contrast with bilateral OTC trading, are centralized, transparent, 
and have the guarantee of the OCC for options traded.
    Additionally, the Exchange believes that this proposal does not 
impose an undue burden on intramarket competition because Participants 
are not required to trade FLEX Equity Options and those that choose to 
trade FLEX Equity Options may do so on the same terms and pursuant to 
the same rules. To the extent that the proposed rules differ for FLEX 
Market Makers and Floor Brokers, these differences are based on the 
unique roles and obligations of Floor Brokers (e.g., systemization, 
announcement, and allocation of orders) and FLEX Market Makers (e.g., 
quoting in response to orders). Additionally, any burden on intramarket 
competition imposed by providing Floor Brokers with a guaranteed trade 
allocation on certain trades is mitigated by the facts that FLEX Market 
Maker quotes at better prices are allocated first and FLEX Market 
Makers may still participate after the Floor Broker's guarantee at the 
same price. Further, the Exchange notes that Floor Brokers source 
liquidity for the contra side of a two-sided order that may otherwise 
be unavailable on the Trading Floor due to the size and complexity of 
the order. The proposed guarantee provides greater opportunity for the 
contra-side to participate in the trade which facilitates Floor Brokers 
in their generation of contra-side interest and increases the 
likelihood of securing sufficient contra-side interest. FLEX Market 
Makers do not construct two-sided orders and thus are not provided a 
guarantee. However, FLEX Market Makers may benefit from the Floor 
Broker guarantee as the guarantee is designed to incentivize Floor 
Brokers to bring their FLEX orders to the BOX Trading Floor where FLEX 
Market Makers have the ability to interact with these orders. The 
Exchange also does not believe the proposed rule change imposes any 
undue burden on intramarket competition between Participants that trade 
FLEX Equity Options and those that trade Non-FLEX

[[Page 88460]]

Equity Options. As described above, the Exchange has proposed to use 
substantially similar procedures for the trading of QOO Orders and FOO 
Orders, with any modifications designed to reflect the unique nature of 
customizable FLEX Equity Options. The Exchange notes further that 
proposed Rule 5055(f) would prevent any FLEX Equity Options and Non-
FLEX Equity Options with the same terms from trading concurrently on 
the Exchange, with a narrow exception for closing only orders.\259\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \259\ See supra note 61.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Lastly, the proposed MRVP changes are not intended to address 
competitive issues but rather are concerned solely with updating the 
Exchange's MRVP in connection with the proposed rules eligible for a 
minor rule fine disposition. Further, the proposal relates to the 
Exchange's role and responsibilities as a self-regulatory organization 
and the manner in which it disciplines its Participants and associated 
persons for violations of its rules. The Exchange believes the proposed 
MRVP changes, overall, will strengthen the Exchange's ability to carry 
out its oversight and enforcement functions and deter potential 
violative conduct.
    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange believes that the proposed 
rule changes discussed herein do not impose any burden on competition 
not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.

C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed 
Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others

    The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the 
proposed rule change.

III. Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove SR-BOX-
2023-20, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, and Grounds for Disapproval 
Under Consideration

    The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 
19(b)(2)(B) of the Act \260\ to determine whether the proposed rule 
change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, should be approved or 
disapproved. Institution of such proceedings is appropriate at this 
time in view of the legal and policy issues raised by the proposed rule 
change. Institution of proceedings does not indicate that the 
Commission has reached any conclusions with respect to any of the 
issues involved. Rather, as described below, the Commission seeks and 
encourages interested persons to provide additional comment on the 
proposed rule change to inform the Commission's analysis of whether to 
approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by 
Amendment No. 2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \260\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,\261\ the Commission is 
providing notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. As 
described above, the Exchange proposes to adopt Rules 5055 and 7605 
which, among other applicable Exchange rules, will govern the trading 
of FLEX Equity Options on the BOX Trading Floor and make corresponding 
rule changes. The Commission received one comment letter in support of 
the proposed rule change as originally proposed.\262\ On December 12, 
2023, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 2 that replaced and superseded 
its original proposal.\263\ The Commission is instituting proceedings 
to allow for additional analysis of, and input from commenters with 
respect to, the proposed rule change's consistency, as modified by 
Amendment No. 2, with the Act, and in particular, Section 6(b)(5) of 
the Act, which requires, among other things, that the rules of a 
national securities exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and 
manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable 
principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism 
of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general 
to protect investors and the public interest.\264\ The Commission is 
also seeking additional comment on the proposed rule change in order to 
provide the public with an opportunity to consider and comment on 
Amendment No. 2, which was filed with the Commission on December 12, 
2023.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \261\ Id.
    \262\ See supra note 3.
    \263\ See supra note 6.
    \264\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the Commission's Rules of Practice, the ``burden to 
demonstrate that a proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange 
Act and the rules and regulations issued thereunder . . . is on the 
self-regulatory organization [`SRO'] that proposed the rule change.'' 
\265\ The description of a proposed rule change, its purpose and 
operation, its effect, and a legal analysis of its consistency with 
applicable requirements must all be sufficiently detailed and specific 
to support an affirmative Commission finding,\266\ and any failure of 
an SRO to provide this information may result in the Commission not 
having a sufficient basis to make an affirmative finding that a 
proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act and the 
applicable rules and regulations.\267\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \265\ Rule 700(b)(3), Commission Rules of Practice, 17 CFR 
201.700(b)(3).
    \266\ See id.
    \267\ See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For these reasons, the Commission believes it is appropriate to 
institute proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange 
Act to determine whether the proposal should be approved or 
disapproved.

IV. Procedure: Request for Written Comments

    The Commission requests that interested persons provide written 
submissions of their data, views, and arguments with respect to the 
issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have 
with the proposal. In particular, the Commission invites the written 
views of interested persons concerning whether the proposed rule 
change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, is consistent with Section 
6(b)(5) of the Act \268\ or any other provision of the Act, or the 
rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be 
any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be 
facilitated by an oral presentation of data, views, and arguments, the 
Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4 under the Act,\269\ 
any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.\270\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \268\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
    \269\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4.
    \270\ Section 19(b)(2) of the Act, as amended by the Securities 
Acts Amendments of 1975, Pub. L. 94-29 (June 4, 1975), grants to the 
Commission flexibility to determine what type of proceeding--either 
oral or notice and opportunity for written comments--is appropriate 
for consideration of a particular proposal by a self-regulatory 
organization. See Securities Acts Amendments of 1975, Senate Comm. 
on Banking, Housing & Urban Affairs, S. Rep. No. 75, 94th Cong., 1st 
Sess. 30 (1975).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and 
arguments regarding whether the proposed rule change, as modified by 
Amendment No. 2, should be approved or disapproved by January 11, 2024. 
Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's 
submission must file that rebuttal by January 25, 2024.
    The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of the 
Exchange's statements in support of the proposal, which are set forth 
in Amendment No. 2,\271\ in addition to any other comments they may 
wish to submit about the proposed rule change.

[[Page 88461]]

Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \271\ See Amendment No. 2, supra note 6.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Electronic Comments

     Use the Commission's internet comment form (https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or
     Send an email to [email protected]. Please include 
file number SR-BOX-2023-20 on the subject line.

Paper Comments

     Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities 
and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.

All submissions should refer to file number SR-BOX-2023-20. This file 
number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help 
the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, 
please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on 
the Commission's internet website (https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all 
written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are 
filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to 
the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other 
than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the 
provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and 
printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, 
Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 
a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for 
inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not 
include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should 
submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We 
may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted 
material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All 
submissions should refer to file number SR-BOX-2023-20 and should be 
submitted on or before January 11, 2024. Rebuttal comments should be 
submitted by January 25, 2024.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, 
pursuant to delegated authority.\272\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \272\ 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(57).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sherry R. Haywood,
Assistant Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2023-28043 Filed 12-20-23; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 8011-01-P

This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.